AU2023203112A1 - Peptide oligonucleotide conjugates - Google Patents
Peptide oligonucleotide conjugates Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- AU2023203112A1 AU2023203112A1 AU2023203112A AU2023203112A AU2023203112A1 AU 2023203112 A1 AU2023203112 A1 AU 2023203112A1 AU 2023203112 A AU2023203112 A AU 2023203112A AU 2023203112 A AU2023203112 A AU 2023203112A AU 2023203112 A1 AU2023203112 A1 AU 2023203112A1
- Authority
- AU
- Australia
- Prior art keywords
- conjugate
- occurrence
- alkyl
- independently
- carrier peptide
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Pending
Links
Classifications
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
- A61K31/70—Carbohydrates; Sugars; Derivatives thereof
- A61K31/7088—Compounds having three or more nucleosides or nucleotides
- A61K31/7105—Natural ribonucleic acids, i.e. containing only riboses attached to adenine, guanine, cytosine or uracil and having 3'-5' phosphodiester links
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K47/00—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient
- A61K47/30—Macromolecular organic or inorganic compounds, e.g. inorganic polyphosphates
- A61K47/42—Proteins; Polypeptides; Degradation products thereof; Derivatives thereof, e.g. albumin, gelatin or zein
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K47/00—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient
- A61K47/50—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K47/00—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient
- A61K47/50—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates
- A61K47/51—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the non-active ingredient being a modifying agent
- A61K47/62—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the non-active ingredient being a modifying agent the modifying agent being a protein, peptide or polyamino acid
- A61K47/64—Drug-peptide, drug-protein or drug-polyamino acid conjugates, i.e. the modifying agent being a peptide, protein or polyamino acid which is covalently bonded or complexed to a therapeutically active agent
- A61K47/645—Polycationic or polyanionic oligopeptides, polypeptides or polyamino acids, e.g. polylysine, polyarginine, polyglutamic acid or peptide TAT
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K47/00—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient
- A61K47/50—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates
- A61K47/51—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the non-active ingredient being a modifying agent
- A61K47/62—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the non-active ingredient being a modifying agent the modifying agent being a protein, peptide or polyamino acid
- A61K47/64—Drug-peptide, drug-protein or drug-polyamino acid conjugates, i.e. the modifying agent being a peptide, protein or polyamino acid which is covalently bonded or complexed to a therapeutically active agent
- A61K47/645—Polycationic or polyanionic oligopeptides, polypeptides or polyamino acids, e.g. polylysine, polyarginine, polyglutamic acid or peptide TAT
- A61K47/6455—Polycationic oligopeptides, polypeptides or polyamino acids, e.g. for complexing nucleic acids
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P13/00—Drugs for disorders of the urinary system
- A61P13/12—Drugs for disorders of the urinary system of the kidneys
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P21/00—Drugs for disorders of the muscular or neuromuscular system
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P21/00—Drugs for disorders of the muscular or neuromuscular system
- A61P21/04—Drugs for disorders of the muscular or neuromuscular system for myasthenia gravis
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P29/00—Non-central analgesic, antipyretic or antiinflammatory agents, e.g. antirheumatic agents; Non-steroidal antiinflammatory drugs [NSAID]
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P31/00—Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
- A61P31/04—Antibacterial agents
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P31/00—Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
- A61P31/12—Antivirals
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P31/00—Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
- A61P31/12—Antivirals
- A61P31/14—Antivirals for RNA viruses
- A61P31/16—Antivirals for RNA viruses for influenza or rhinoviruses
Abstract
Oligonucleotide analogues conjugated to carrier peptides are provided. The disclosed
compounds are useful for the treatment of various diseases, for example diseases where
inhibition of protein expression or correction of aberrant mRNA splice products
produces beneficial therapeutic effects.
Description
This is a divisional of Australian Patent Application No. 2021202224, which is a divisional of Australian Patent Application No. 2019204913, which is a divisional of Australian Patent Application No. 2017206179, which is a divisional application of Australian Patent Application No. 2011367230, the entire contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.
Technical Field
The present invention is generally related to oligonucleotide compounds
(oligomers) useful as antisense compounds, and more particularly to oligomer
compounds conjugated to cell-penetrating peptides, and the use of such oligomer
compounds in antisense applications.
Description of the Related Art
The practical utility of many drugs having potentially useful biological
activity is often stymied by difficulty in delivering such drugs to their targets.
Compounds to be delivered into cells must generally be delivered from a largely
aqueous extracellular environment and then penetrate a lipophilic cell membrane to
gain entry to the cell. Unless the substance is actively transported by a specific
transport mechanism, many molecules, particularly large molecules, are either too
lipophilic for practical solubilization or are too hydrophilic to penetrate the membrane.
A segment of the HIV Tat protein consisting of amino acid residues 49
57 (Tat 49 57, having the sequence RKKRRQRRR) has been used to deliver
biologically active peptides and proteins to cells (e.g. Barsoum et al., 1994, PCT Pubn.
No. WO 94/04686). Tat (49 60) has been used to enhance delivery of phosphorothioate
oligonucleotides (Astriab-Fisher, Sergueev et al. 2000; Astriab-Fisher, Sergueev et al.
2002). Reverse Tat, or rTat(57-49) (RRRQRRKKR), has been reported to deliver
fluorescein into cells with enhanced efficacy compared to Tat (49 57) (Wender,
Mitchell et al. 2000; Rothbard, Kreider et al. 2002). Rothbard and Wender have also disclosed other arginine-rich transport polymers (PCT Pubn. No. WO 01/62297; U.S. Patent No. 6,306,993; US Patent Appn. Pubn. No. 2003/0032593). Oligonucleotides are one class of potentially useful drug compounds whose delivery has often been an impediment to therapeutic use. Phosphorodiamidate linked morpholino oligomers (PMOs; see e.g. Summerton and Weller, 1997) have been found more promising in this regard than charged oligonucleotide analogs such as phosphorothioates. The PMOs are water-soluble, uncharged or substantially uncharged antisense molecules that inhibit gene expression by preventing binding or progression of splicing or translational machinery components. PMOs have also been to shown to inhibit or block viral replication (Stein, Skilling et al. 2001; McCaffrey, Meuse et al. 2003). They are highly resistant to enzymatic digestion (Hudziak, Barofsky et al. 1996). PMOs have demonstrated high antisense specificity and efficacy in vitro in cell free and cell culture models (Stein, Foster et al. 1997; Summerton and Weller 1997), and in vivo in zebrafish, frog and sea urchin embryos (Heasman, Kofron et al. 2000; Nasevicius and Ekker 2000), as well as in adult animal models, such as rats, mice, rabbits, dogs, and pigs (see e.g. Arora and Iversen 2000; Qin, Taylor et al. 2000; Iversen 2001; Kipshidze, Keane et al. 2001; Devi 2002; Devi, Oldenkamp et al. 2002; Kipshidze, Kim et al. 2002; Ricker, Mata et al. 2002). Antisense PMO oligomers have been shown to be taken up into cells and to be more consistently effective in vivo, with fewer nonspecific effects, than other widely used antisense oligonucleotides (see e.g. P. Iversen, "Phosphoramidite Morpholino Oligomers", in Antisense Drug Technology, S.T. Crooke, ed., Marcel Dekker, Inc., New York, 2001). Conjugation of PMOs to arginine rich peptides has been shown to increase their cellular uptake (see e.g., U.S. Patent No. 7,468,418); however, the toxicity of the conjugates has slowed their development as viable drug candidates. Although significant progress has been made, there remains a need in the art for oligonucleotide conjugates with improved antisense or antigene performance. Such improved antisense or antigene performance includes; lower toxicity, stronger affinity for DNA and RNA without compromising sequence selectivity; improved pharmacokinetics and tissue distribution; improved cellular delivery and reliable and controllable in vivo distribution.
BRIEF SUMMARY Compounds of the present invention address these issues and provide improvements over existing antisense molecules in the art. By linking a cell penetrating peptide to a substantially uncharged nucleic acid analogue via a glycine or proline amino acid, the present inventors have addressed the toxicity issues associated with other peptide oligomer conjugates. Furthermore, modification of the intersubunit linkages and/or conjugation of terminal moieties to the 5' and/or 3' terminus of an oligonucleotide analogue, for example a morpholino oligonucleotide, may also improve the properties of the conjugates. For example, in certain embodiments the disclosed conjugates have decreased toxicity and/or enhanced cell delivery, potency, and/or tissue distribution compared to other oligonucleotide analogues and/or can be more effectively delivered to the target organs. These superior properties give rise to favorable therapeutic indices, reduced clinical dosing, and lower cost of goods. Accordingly, in one embodiment the present disclosure provides a conjugate comprising: (a) a carrier peptide comprising amino acid subunits; and (b) a nucleic acid analogue comprising a substantially uncharged backbone and a targeting base sequence for sequence-specific binding to a target nucleic acid; wherein: two or more of the amino acid subunits are positively charged amino acids, the carrier peptide comprises a glycine (G) or proline (P) amino acid at a carboxy terminus of the carrier peptide, and the carrier peptide is covalently attached to the nucleic acid analogue. A composition comprising the above conjugate and a pharmaceutically acceptable vehicle are also provided. In another embodiment, the present disclosure provides a method of inhibiting production of a protein, the method comprising exposing a nucleic acid encoding the protein to a conjugate of the present disclosure. Another aspect of the present disclosure includes a method for enhancing the transport of a nucleic acid analogue into a cell, the method comprising conjugating the carrier peptide of claim 1 to a nucleic acid analogue, and wherein the transport of the nucleic acid analogue into the cell is enhanced relative to the nucleic acid analogue in unconjugated form. In another embodiment, the disclosure is directed to a method of treating a disease in a subject, the method comprising administering a therapeutically effective amount of a disclosed conjugate to the subject. Methods of making the conjugates, methods for their use and carrier peptides useful for conjugating to nucleic acid analogues are also provided. These and other aspects of the invention will be apparent upon reference to the following detailed description. To this end, various references are set forth herein which describe in more detail certain background information, procedures, compounds and/or compositions, and are each hereby incorporated by reference in their entirety.
BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS Figure 1A shows an exemplary morpholino oligomer structure comprising a phosphorodiamidate linkage. Figure 1B shows a morpholino oligomer conjugated to a carrier peptide at the 5' end. Figure 1C shows a morpholino oligomer conjugated to a carrier peptide at the 3' end. Figures 1D-G show the repeating subunit segment of exemplary morpholino oligonucleotides, designated ID through 1G. Figure 2 depicts exemplary intersubunit linkages linked to a morpholino -T moiety. Figure 3 is a reaction scheme showing preparation of a linker for solid phase synthesis. Figure 4 demonstrates preparation of a solid support for oligomer synthesis. Figures 5A, 5B and 5C show exon skipping data for exemplary conjugates compared to a known conjugate in mouse quadriceps, diaphragm and heart, respectively.
Figures 6A, 6B and 6C are alternate representations of exon skipping data for exemplary conjugates compared to a known conjugate in mouse quadriceps, diaphragm and heart, respectively. Figures 7A and 7B are graphs depicting blood urea nitrogen (BUN) levels and survival rate of mice treated with various peptide-oligomer conjugates, respectively. Figures 8A and 8B show kidney injury marker (KIM) data and Clusterin (Clu) data for mice treated with various peptide-oligomer conjugates, respectively. Figures 9A, 9B, 9C and 9D are graphs comparing the exon skipping, BUN levels, precent survival and KIM levels, respectively, in mice treated with an exemplary conjugate compared to a known conjugate. Figure 10 presents KIM data for mice treated with various conjugates. Figure 11 shows results of BUN analysis of mice treated with various conjugates. Figure 12 is a graph showing the concentration of various oligomers in mouse kidney tissue.
I. Definitions In the following description, certain specific details are set forth in order to provide a thorough understanding of various embodiments. However, one skilled in the art will understand that the invention may be practiced without these details. In other instances, well-known structures have not been shown or described in detail to avoid unnecessarily obscuring descriptions of the embodiments. Unless the context requires otherwise, throughout the specification and claims which follow, the word "comprise" and variations thereof, such as, "comprises" and "comprising" are to be construed in an open, inclusive sense, that is, as "including, but not limited to." Further, headings provided herein are for convenience only and do not interpret the scope or meaning of the claimed invention. Reference throughout this specification to "one embodiment" or "an embodiment" means that a particular feature, structure or characteristic described in connection with the embodiment is included in at least one embodiment. Thus, the appearances of the phrases "in one embodiment" or "in an embodiment" in various places throughout this specification are not necessarily all referring to the same embodiment. Furthermore, the particular features, structures, or characteristics may be combined in any suitable manner in one or more embodiments. Also, as used in this specification and the appended claims, the singular forms "a," "an," and "the" include plural referents unless the content clearly dictates otherwise. It should also be noted that the term "or" is generally employed in its sense including "and/or" unless the content clearly dictates otherwise. The terms below, as used herein, have the following meanings, unless indicated otherwise: "Amino" refers to the -NH2 radical. "Cyano" or "nitrile" refers to the -CN radical. "Hydroxy" or "hydroxyl" refers to the -OH radical. "Imino" refers to the =NH substituent. "Guanidinyl" refers to the -NHC(=NH)NH 2 substituent. "Amidinyl" refers to the -C(=NH)NH 2 substituent.
"Nitro" refers to the -NO 2 radical. "Oxo" refers to the =0 substituent. "Thioxo" refers to the =S substituent. "Cholate" refers to the following structure: 0
"Deoxycholate" refers to the following structure:
"Alkyl" refers to a straight or branched hydrocarbon chain radical which is saturated or unsaturated (i.e., contains one or more double and/or triple bonds), having from one to thirty carbon atoms, and which is attached to the rest of the molecule by a single bond. Alkyls comprising any number of carbon atoms from 1 to 30 are included. An alkyl comprising up to 30 carbon atoms is refered to as a C-C3 0 alkyl, likewise, for example, an alkyl comprising up to 12 carbon atoms is a C1-C12 alkyl. Alkyls (and other moieties defined herein) comprising other numbers of carbon atoms are represented similarily. Alkyl groups include, but are not limited to, C-C 3 0 alkyl, C1 -C 20 alkyl, C 1-C 15 alkyl, CI-CI alkyl, CI-Cs alkyl, C1 -C6 alkyl, C1 -C 4 alkyl, C1 C 3 alkyl, C1 -C 2 alkyl, C 2 -Cs alkyl, C 3 -Cs alkyl and C 4 -Cs alkyl. Representative alkyl groups include, but are not limited to, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, 1-methylethyl (iso-propyl), n-butyl, i-butyl, s-butyl, n-pentyl, 1,1-dimethylethyl (t-butyl), 3-methylhexyl, 2-methylhexyl, ethenyl, prop-i-enyl, but-i-enyl, pent-i-enyl, penta-1,4-dienyl, ethynyl, propynyl, but-2-ynyl, but-3-ynyl, pentynyl, hexynyl, and the like. Unless stated otherwise specifically in the specification, an alkyl group may be optionally substituted as described below. "Alkylene" or "alkylene chain" refers to a straight or branched divalent hydrocarbon chain linking the rest of the molecule to a radical group. Alkylenes may be saturated or unsaturated (i.e., contains one or more double and/or triple bonds). Representative alkylenes include, but are not limited to, C 1 -C1 2 alkylene, C1 -CS alkylene, C 1-C 6 alkylene, C1 -C 4 alkylene, C1 -C 3 alkylene, C1 -C 2 alkylene, C1 alkylene. Representative alkylene groups include, but are not limited to, methylene, ethylene, propylene, n-butylene, ethenylene, propenylene, n-butenylene, propynylene, n-butynylene, and the like. The alkylene chain is attached to the rest of the molecule through a single or double bond and to the radical group through a single or double bond. The points of attachment of the alkylene chain to the rest of the molecule and to the radical group can be through one carbon or any two carbons within the chain. Unless stated otherwise specifically in the specification, an alkylene chain may be optionally substituted as described below. "Alkoxy" refers to a radical of the formula -ORa where Ra is an alkyl radical as defined. Unless stated otherwise specifically in the specification, an alkoxy group may be optionally substituted as described below. "Alkoxyalkyl" refers to a radical of the formula -RORa where Ra is an alkyl radical as defined and where Rb is an alkylene radical as defined. Unless stated otherwise specifically in the specification, an alkoxyalkyl group may be optionally substituted as described below. "Alkylcarbonyl" refers to a radical of the formula -C(=O)Ra where Ra is an alkyl radical as defined above. Unless stated otherwise specifically in the specification, an alkylcarbonyl group may be optionally substituted as described below. "Alkyloxycarbonyl" refers to a radical of the formula -C(=O)ORa where Ra is an alkyl radical as defined. Unless stated otherwise specifically in the specification, an alkyloxycarbonyl group may be optionally substituted as described below. "Alkylamino" refers to a radical of the formula -NHRa or -NRaRa where each Ra is, independently, an alkyl radical as defined above. Unless stated otherwise specifically in the specification, an alkylamino group may be optionally substituted as described below. "Amidyl" refers to a radical of the formula -N(H)C(=0) Ra where Ra is an alkyl or aryl radical as defined herein. Unless stated otherwise specifically in the specification, an amidyl group may be optionally substituted as described below. "Amidinylalkyl" refers a radical of the formula -R- C(=NH)NH 2 where Rb is an alkylene radical as defined above. Unless stated otherwise specifically in the specification, an amidinylalkyl group may be optionally substituted as described below. "Amidinylalkylcarbonyl" refers a radical of the formula -C(=O)Rb C(=NH)NH 2 where Rbis an alkylene radical as defined above. Unless stated otherwise specifically in the specification, an amidinylalkylcarbonyl group may be optionally substituted as described below. "Aminoalkyl" refers to a radical of the formula -R-NRaRa where Rb is an alkylene radical as defined above, and each Ra is independently a hydrogen or an alkyl radical. "Thioalkyl" refers to a radical of the formula -SRa where Ra is an alkyl radical as defined above. Unless stated otherwise specifically in the specification, a thioalkyl group may be optionally substituted. "Aryl" refers to a radical derived from a hydrocarbon ring system comprising hydrogen, 6 to 30 carbon atoms and at least one aromatic ring. The aryl radical may be a monocyclic, bicyclic, tricyclic or tetracyclic ring system, which may include fused or bridged ring systems. Aryl radicals include, but are not limited to, aryl radicals derived from the hydrocarbon ring systems of aceanthrylene, acenaphthylene, acephenanthrylene, anthracene, azulene, benzene, chrysene, fluoranthene, fluorene, as indacene, s-indacene, indane, indene, naphthalene, phenalene, phenanthrene, pleiadene, pyrene, and triphenylene. Unless stated otherwise specifically in the specification, the term "aryl" or the prefix "ar-" (such as in "aralkyl") is meant to include aryl radicals that are optionally substituted. "Aralkyl" refers to a radical of the formula -R-Re where Rb is an alkylene chain as defined above and Re is one or more aryl radicals as defined above, for example, benzyl, diphenylmethyl, trityl and the like. Unless stated otherwise specifically in the specification, an aralkyl group may be optionally substituted. "Arylcarbonyl" refers to a radical of the formula -C(=O)Re where R, is one or more aryl radicals as defined above, for example, phenyl. Unless stated otherwise specifically in the specification, an arylcarbonyl group may be optionally substituted. "Aryloxycarbonyl" refers to a radical of the formula -C(=O)ORc where
Re is one or more aryl radicals as defined above, for example, phenyl. Unless stated otherwise specifically in the specification, an aryloxycarbonyl group may be optionally substituted. "Aralkylcarbonyl" refers to a radical of the formula -C(=0)R-Re where
Rb is an alkylene chain as defined above and Re is one or more aryl radicals as defined above, for example, phenyl. Unless stated otherwise specifically in the specification, an aralkylcarbonyl group may be optionally substituted. "Aralkyloxycarbonyl" refers to a radical of the formula -C(=0)OR-Re where Rb is an alkylene chain as defined above and R, is one or more aryl radicals as defined above, for example, phenyl. Unless stated otherwise specifically in the specification, an aralkyloxycarbonyl group may be optionally substituted. "Aryloxy" refers to a radical of the formula -ORc where R, is one or more aryl radicals as defined above, for example, phenyl. Unless stated otherwise specifically in the specification, an arylcarbonyl group may be optionally substituted. "Cycloalkyl" refers to a stable, non-aromatic, monocyclic or polycyclic carbocyclic ring, which may include fused or bridged ring systems, which is saturated or unsaturated, and attached to the rest of the molecule by a single bond. Representative cycloalkyls include, but are not limited to, cycloaklyls having from three to fifteen carbon atoms and from three to eight carbon atoms, Monocyclic cyclcoalkyl radicals include, for example, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, and cyclooctyl. Polycyclic radicals include, for example, adamantyl, norbomyl, decalinyl, and 7,7-dimethyl-bicyclo[2.2.1]heptanyl. Unless otherwise stated specifically in the specification, a cycloalkyl group may be optionally substituted. "Cycloalkylalkyl" refers to a radical of the formula -RbRd where Rb is an alkylene chain as defined above and Rd is a cycloalkyl radical as defined above. Unless stated otherwise specifically in the specification, a cycloalkylalkyl group may be optionally substituted. "Cycloalkylcarbonyl" refers to a radical of the formula -C(=O)Rd where Rd is a cycloalkyl radical as defined above. Unless stated otherwise specifically in the specification, a cycloalkylcarbonyl group may be optionally substituted. Cycloalkyloxycarbonyl" refers to a radical of the formula -C(=O)ORd where Rd is a cycloalkyl radical as defined above. Unless stated otherwise specifically in the specification, a cycloalkyloxycarbonyl group may be optionally substituted. "Fused" refers to any ring structure described herein which is fused to an existing ring structure. When the fused ring is a heterocyclyl ring or a heteroaryl ring, any carbon atom on the existing ring structure which becomes part of the fused heterocyclyl ring or the fused heteroaryl ring may be replaced with a nitrogen atom.
"Guanidinylalkyl" refers a radical of the formula -R-NHC(=NH)NH 2
where Rb is an alkylene radical as defined above. Unless stated otherwise specifically in the specification, a guanidinylalkyl group may be optionally substituted as described below. "Guanidinylalkylcarbonyl" refers a radical of the formula -C(=O)R-NHC(=NH)NH2 where R is an alkylene radical as defined above. Unless stated otherwise specifically in the specification, a guanidinylalkylcarbonyl group may be optionally substituted as described below. "Halo" or "halogen" refers to bromo, chloro, fluoro or iodo. "Haloalkyl" refers to an alkyl radical, as defined above, that is substituted by one or more halo radicals, as defined above, e.g., trifluoromethyl, difluoromethyl, fluoromethyl, trichloromethyl, 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl, 1,2-difluoroethyl, 3-bromo-2-fluoropropyl, 1,2-dibromoethyl, and the like. Unless stated otherwise specifically in the specification, a haloalkyl group may be optionally substituted. "Perhalo" or "perfluoro" refers to a moiety in which each hydrogen atom has been replaced by a halo atom or fluorine atom, respectively. "Heterocyclyl", "heterocycle" or "heterocyclic ring" refers to a stable 3 to 24-membered non-aromatic ring radical comprising 2 to 23 carbon atoms and from one to 8 heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of nitrogen, oxygen, phosphorous and sulfur. Unless stated otherwise specifically in the specification, the heterocyclyl radical may be a monocyclic, bicyclic, tricyclic or tetracyclic ring system, which may include fused or bridged ring systems; and the nitrogen, carbon or sulfur atoms in the heterocyclyl radical may be optionally oxidized; the nitrogen atom may be optionally quaternized; and the heterocyclyl radical may be partially or fully saturated. Examples of such heterocyclyl radicals include, but are not limited to, dioxolanyl, thienyl[1,3]dithianyl, decahydroisoquinolyl, imidazolinyl, imidazolidinyl, isothiazolidinyl, isoxazolidinyl, morpholinyl, octahydroindolyl, octahydroisoindolyl, 2-oxopiperazinyl, 2-oxopiperidinyl, 2-oxopyrrolidinyl, oxazolidinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, 4-piperidonyl, pyrrolidinyl, pyrazolidinyl, quinuclidinyl, thiazolidinyl, tetrahydrofuryl, trithianyl, tetrahydropyranyl, thiomorpholinyl, thiamorpholinyl, 1-oxo-thiomorpholinyl, 1,1-dioxo-thiomorpholinyl, 12-crown-4,15-crown-5, 18 crown-6, 21-crown-7, aza-18-crown-6, diaza-18-crown-6, aza-21-crown-7, and diaza
21-crown-7. Unless stated otherwise specifically in the specification, a heterocyclyl group may be optionally substituted. "Heteroaryl" refers to a 5- to 14-membered ring system radical comprising hydrogen atoms, one to thirteen carbon atoms, one to six heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of nitrogen, oxygen, phosphorous and sulfur, and at least one aromatic ring. For purposes of this invention, the heteroaryl radical may be a monocyclic, bicyclic, tricyclic or tetracyclic ring system, which may include fused or bridged ring systems; and the nitrogen, carbon or sulfur atoms in the heteroaryl radical may be optionally oxidized; the nitrogen atom may be optionally quaternized. Examples include, but are not limited to, azepinyl, acridinyl, benzimidazolyl, benzothiazolyl, benzindolyl, benzodioxolyl, benzofuranyl, benzooxazolyl, benzothiazolyl, benzothiadiazolyl, benzo[b][1,4]dioxepinyl, 1,4-benzodioxanyl, benzonaphthofuranyl, benzoxazolyl, benzodioxolyl, benzodioxinyl, benzopyranyl, benzopyranonyl, benzofuranyl, benzofuranonyl, benzothienyl (benzothiophenyl), benzotriazolyl, benzo[4,6]imidazo[1,2-a]pyridinyl, carbazolyl, cinnolinyl, dibenzofuranyl, dibenzothiophenyl, furanyl, furanonyl, isothiazolyl, imidazolyl, indazolyl, indolyl, indazolyl, isoindolyl, indolinyl, isoindolinyl, isoquinolyl, indolizinyl, isoxazolyl, naphthyridinyl, oxadiazolyl, 2-oxoazepinyl, oxazolyl, oxiranyl, 1 oxidopyridinyl, 1-oxidopyrimidinyl, 1-oxidopyrazinyl, 1-oxidopyridazinyl, 1-phenyl-1H-pyrrolyl, phenazinyl, phenothiazinyl, phenoxazinyl, phthalazinyl, pteridinyl, purinyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, pyridinyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, quinazolinyl, quinoxalinyl, quinolinyl, quinuclidinyl, isoquinolinyl, tetrahydroquinolinyl, thiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, triazinyl, and thiophenyl (i.e., thienyl). Unless stated otherwise specifically in the specification, a heteroaryl group may be optionally substituted. All the above groups may be either substituted or unsubstituted. The term "substituted" as used herein means any of the above groups (i.e., alkyl, alkylene, alkoxy, alkoxyalkyl, alkylcarbonyl, alkyloxycarbonyl,alkylamino, amidyl, amidinylalkyl, amidinylalkylcarbonyl, aminoalkyl, aryl, aralkyl, arylcarbonyl, aryloxycarbonyl, aralkylcarbonyl, aralkyloxycarbonyl, aryloxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, cycloalkylcarbonyl, cycloalkylalkylcarbonyl, cycloalkyloxycarbonyl, guanidinylalkyl, guanidinylalkylcarbonyl, haloalkyl, heterocyclyl and/or heteroaryl), may be further functionalized wherein at least one hydrogen atom is replaced by a bond to a non-hydrogen atom substituent. Unless stated specifically in the specification, a substituted group may include one or more substituents selected from: oxo, -CO 2 H, nitrile, nitro, -CONH 2, hydroxyl, thiooxy, alkyl, alkylene, alkoxy, alkoxyalkyl, alkylcarbonyl, alkyloxycarbonyl, aryl, aralkyl, arylcarbonyl, aryloxycarbonyl, aralkylcarbonyl, aralkyloxycarbonyl, aryloxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, cycloalkylcarbonyl, cycloalkylalkylcarbonyl, cycloalkyloxycarbonyl, heterocyclyl, heteroaryl, dialkylamines, arylamines, alkylarylamines, diarylamines, N-oxides, imides, and enamines; a silicon atom in groups such as trialkylsilyl groups, dialkylarylsilyl groups, alkyldiarylsilyl groups, triarylsilyl groups, perfluoroalkyl or perfluoroalkoxy, for example, trifluoromethyl or trifluoromethoxy. "Substituted" also means any of the above groups in which one or more hydrogen atoms are replaced by a higher-order bond (e.g., a double- or triple-bond) to a heteroatom such as oxygen in oxo, carbonyl, carboxyl, and ester groups; and nitrogen in groups such as imines, oximes, hydrazones, and nitriles. For example, "substituted" includes any of the above groups in which one or more hydrogen atoms are replaced with -NRgC(=0)NRgRh, -NRgC(=0)ORh, -NRgSO2Rh, -OC(=0)NRgRh, -ORg, -SRg, -SORg, -SO2Rg, -OSO2Rg, -SO2ORg, =NSO2Rg, and -SO2NRgRh. "Substituted" alsomeans any of the above groups in which one or more hydrogen atoms are replaced with -C(=O)Rg, -C(=O)ORg, -CH2SO2Rg, -CH 2 SO 2NRgRh, -SH, -SRg or -SSRg. In the foregoing, Rg and Rh are the same or different and independently hydrogen, alkyl, alkoxy, alkylamino, thioalkyl, aryl, aralkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, haloalkyl, heterocyclyl, N-heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkyl, heteroaryl, N-heteroaryl and/or heteroarylalkyl. In addition, each of the foregoing substituents may also be optionally substituted with one or more of the above substituents. Furthermore, any of the above groups may be substituted to include one or more internal oxygen or sulfur atoms. For example, an alkyl group may be substituted with one or more internal oxygen atoms to form an ether or polyether group. Similarily, an alkyl group may be substituted with one or more internal sulfur atoms to form a thioether, disulfide, etc. Amidyl moieties may be substituted with up to 2 halo atoms, while other groups above may be substituted with one or more halo atoms. Any of the above groups may also be substituted with amino, monoalklyamino, guanidinyl or amidynyl. Optional substitutents for any of the above groups also include arylphosphoryl, for example -RaP(Ar) 3 wherein Rais an alkylene and Ar is aryl moiety, for example phenyl. The terms "antisense oligomer" or "antisense compound" are used interchangeably and refer to a sequence of subunits, each having a base carried on a backbone subunit composed of ribose or other pentose sugar or morpholino group, and where the backbone groups are linked by intersubunit linkages that allow the bases in the compound to hybridize to a target sequence in a nucleic acid (typically an RNA) by Watson-Crick base pairing, to form a nucleic acid:oligomer heteroduplex within the target sequence. The oligomer may have exact sequence complementarity to the target sequence or near complementarity. Such antisense oligomers are designed to block or inhibit translation of the mRNA containing the target sequence, and may be said to be "directed to" a sequence with which it hybridizes. A "morpholino oligomer" or "PMO" refers to a polymeric molecule having a backbone which supports bases capable of hydrogen bonding to typical polynucleotides, wherein the polymer lacks a pentose sugar backbone moiety, and more specifically a ribose backbone linked by phosphodiester bonds which is typical of nucleotides and nucleosides, but instead contains a ring nitrogen with coupling through the ring nitrogen. An exemplary"morpholino" oligomer comprises morpholino subunit structures linked together by (thio)phosphoramidate or (thio)phosphorodiamidate linkages, joining the morpholino nitrogen of one subunit to the 5' exocyclic carbon of an adjacent subunit, each subunit comprising a purine or pyrimidine base-pairing moiety effective to bind, by base-specific hydrogen bonding, to a base in a polynucleotide. Morpholino oligomers (including antisense oligomers) are detailed, for example, in U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,698,685; 5,217,866; 5,142,047; 5,034,506; 5,166,315; 5,185,444; 5,521,063; 5,506,337 and pending US patent applications 12/271,036; 12/271,040; and PCT publication number WO/2009/064471 all of which are incorporated herein by reference in their entirety. Representative PMOs include PMOs wherin the intersubunit linkages are linkage (Al). "PMO+" refers to phosphorodiamidate morpholino oligomers comprising any number of (1-piperazino)phosphinylideneoxy, (1-(4-(o-guanidino-alkanoyl)) piperazino)phosphinylideneoxy linkages (A2 and A3) that have been described previously (see e.g., PCT publication WO/2008/036127 which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety. "PMO-X"refers to phosphorodiamidate morpholino oligomers disclosed herein comprising at least one (B) linkage or at least one of the disclosed terminal modifications. A "phosphoramidate" group comprises phosphorus having three attached oxygen atoms and one attached nitrogen atom, while a "phosphorodiamidate" group (see e.g., Figures 1D-E) comprises phosphorus having two attached oxygen atoms and two attached nitrogen atoms. In the uncharged or the modified intersubunit linkages of the oligomers described herein and co-pending US Patent Application Nos. 61/349,783 and 11/801,885, one nitrogen is always pendant to the backbone chain. The second nitrogen, in a phosphorodiamidate linkage, is typically the ring nitrogen in a morpholino ring structure. "Thiophosphoramidate" or "thiophosphorodiamidate" linkages are phosphoramidate or phosphorodiamidate linkages, respectively, wherein one oxygen atom, typically the oxygen pendant to the backbone, is replaced with sulfur. "Intersubunit linkage" refers to the linkage connecting two morpholino subunits, for example structure (I). "Charged", "uncharged", "cationic" and "anionic" as used herein refer to the predominant state of a chemical moiety at near-neutral pH, e.g., about 6 to 8. For example, the term may refer to the predominant state of the chemical moiety at physiological pH, that is, about 7.4. "Lower alkyl" refers to an alkyl radical of one to six carbon atoms, as exemplified by methyl, ethyl, n-butyl, i-butyl, t-butyl, isoamyl, n-pentyl, and isopentyl. In certain embodiments, a "lower alkyl" group has one to four carbon atoms. In other embodiments a "lower alkyl" group has one to two carbon atoms; i.e. methyl or ethyl. Analogously, "lower alkenyl" refers to an alkenyl radical of two to six, preferably three or four, carbon atoms, as exemplified by allyl and butenyl. A "non-interfering" substituent is one that does not adversely affect the ability of an antisense oligomer as described herein to bind to its intended target. Such substituents include small and/or relatively non-polar groups such as methyl, ethyl, methoxy, ethoxy, or fluoro.
An oligonucleotide or antisense oligomer "specifically hybridizes" to a target polynucleotide if the oligomer hybridizes to the target under physiological conditions, with a Tm greater than 37 °C, greater than 45 °C, preferably at least 50 °C, and typically 60 °C-80 °C or higher. The "Tm" of an oligomer is the temperature at which 50% hybridizes to a complementary polynucleotide. Tm is determined under standard conditions in physiological saline, as described, for example, in Miyada et al., Methods Enzymol. 154:94-107 (1987). Such hybridization may occur with "near" or "substantial" complementary of the antisense oligomer to the target sequence, as well as with exact complementarity. Polynucleotides are described as "complementary" to one another when hybridization occurs in an antiparallel configuration between two single-stranded polynucleotides. Complementarity (the degree that one polynucleotide is complementary with another) is quantifiable in terms of the proportion of bases in opposing strands that are expected to form hydrogen bonds with each other, according to generally accepted base-pairing rules. A first sequence is an "antisense sequence" with respect to a second sequence if a polynucleotide whose sequence is the first sequence specifically binds to, or specifically hybridizes with, the second polynucleotide sequence under physiological conditions. The term "targeting sequence" is the sequence in the oligonucleotide analog that is complementary (meaning, in addition, substantially complementary) to the target sequence in the RNA genome. The entire sequence, or only a portion, of the analog compound may be complementary to the target sequence. For example, in an analog having 20 bases, only 12-14 may be targeting sequences. Typically, the targeting sequence is formed of contiguous bases in the analog, but may alternatively be formed of non-contiguous sequences that when placed together, e.g., from opposite ends of the analog, constitute sequence that spans the target sequence. The "backbone" of an oligonucleotide analog (e.g., an uncharged oligonucleotide analogue) refers to the structure supporting the base-pairing moieties; e.g., for a morpholino oligomer, as described herein, the "backbone" includes morpholino ring structures connected by intersubunit linkages (e.g., phosphorus containing linkages). A "substantially uncharged backbone" refers to the backbone of an oligonuceltoide analogue wherein less than 50% of the intersubunit linkages are charged at near-neutral pH. For example, a substantially uncharged backbone may comprise less than 50%, less than 40%, less than 30%, less than 20%, less than 10%, less than 5% or even 0% intersubunit linkages which are charged at near neutral pH. In some embodiments, the substantially uncharged backbone comprises at most one charged (at physiological pH) intersubunit linkage for every four uncharged (at physiological pH) linkages, at most one for every eight or at most one for every sixteen uncharged linkages. In some embodiments, the nucleic acid analogs described herein are fully uncharged. Target and targeting sequences are described as "complementary" to one another when hybridization occurs in an antiparallel configuration. A targeting sequence may have "near" or "substantial" complementarity to the target sequence and still function for the purpose of the presently described methods, that is, still be "complementary." Preferably, the oligonucleotide analog compounds employed in the presently described methods have at most one mismatch with the target sequence per every 10 nucleotides, and preferably at most one mismatch out of 20. Alternatively, the antisense oligomers employed have at least80O%, at least 90% sequence homology or at least 95% sequence homology, with the exemplary targeting sequences as designated herein. For purposes of complementary binding to an RNA target, and as discussed below, a guanine base may be complementary to either a cytosineor uracil RNA base. A "heteroduplex" refers to a duplex between an oligonculeotide analog and the complementary portion of a target RNA. A "nuclease-resistant heteroduplex" refers to a heteroduplex formed by the binding of an antisense oligomer to its complementary target, such that the heteroduplex is substantially resistant to in vivo degradation by intracellular and extracellular nucleases, such as RNAse H, which are capable of cutting double-stranded RNA/RNA or RNA/DNA complexes. An agent is "actively taken up by mammalian cells" when the agent can enter the cell by a mechanism other than passive diffusion across the cell membrane. The agent may be transported, for example, by "active transport", referring to transport of agents across a mammalian cell membrane by e.g. an ATP-dependent transport mechanism, or by "facilitated transport", referring to transport of antisense agents across the cell membrane by a transport mechanism that requires binding of the agent to a transport protein, which then facilitates passage of the bound agent across the membrane. The terms "modulating expression" and/or "antisense activity" refer to the ability of an antisense oligomer to either enhance or, more typically, reduce the expression of a given protein, by interfering with the expression or translation of RNA. In the case of reduced protein expression, the antisense oligomer may directly block expression of a given gene, or contribute to the accelerated breakdown of the RNA transcribed from that gene. Morpholino oligomers as described herein are believed to act via the former (steric blocking) mechanism. Preferred antisense targets for steric blocking oligomers include the ATG start codon region, splice sites, regions closely adjacent to splice sites, and 5'-untranslated region of mRNA, although other regions have been successfully targeted using morpholino oligomers. An "amino acid subunit" is generally an a-amino acid residue (-CO CHR-NH-); but may also be a - or other amino acid residue (e.g. -CO-CH 2CHR-NH-), where R is an amino acid side chain. The term "naturally occurring amino acid" refers to an amino acid present in proteins found in nature. The term "non-natural amino acids" refers to those amino acids not present in proteins found in nature; examples include beta-alanine (P Ala) and 6-aminohexanoic acid (Ahx). An "effective amount" or "therapeutically effective amount" refers to an amount of antisense oligomer administered to a mammalian subject, either as a single dose or as part of a series of doses, which is effective to produce a desired therapeutic effect, typically by inhibiting translation of a selected target nucleic acid sequence. "Treatment" of an individual (e.g. a mammal, such as a human) or a cell is any type of intervention used in an attempt to alter the natural course of the individual or cell. Treatment includes, but is not limited to, administration of a pharmaceutical composition, and may be performed either prophylactically or subsequent to the initiation of a pathologic event or contact with an etiologic agent.
II. Carrier Peptides
A. Properties of the Carrier Peptide
As noted above, the present disclosure is directed to conjugates of carrier peptides and nucleic acid analogues. The carrier peptides are generally effective to enhance cell penetration of the nucleic acid analogues. Furthermore, Applicants have surprisingly discovered that including a glycine (G) or proline (P) amino acid subunit between the nucleic acid analogue and the remainder of the carrier peptide (e.g., at the carboxy or amino terminus of the carrier peptide) reduces the toxicity of the conjugate, while the efficacy remains the same or is improved relative to conjugates with different linkages between the carrierpeptide and nucleic acid analogue. Thus the presently disclosed conjugates have a better therapeutic window and are more promising drug candidates than other peptide-oligomer conjugates. In addition to reduced toxicity, the presence of a glycine or proline amino acid subunit between the nucleic acid analogue and the carrier peptide is believed to provide additional advantages. For example, glycine is inexpensive and is easily coupled to the nucleic acid analogue (or optional linker) without any possibility of racemization. Similarily, proline is easily coupled without racemization and also provides carrier peptides which are not helix formers. The hydrophobicity of proline may also confer certain advantages with respect to interaction of the carrier peptide with the lipid bilayer of cells, and carrier peptides comprising multiple prolines (for example in certain embodiments) may resist G-tetraplex formation. Finally, in certain embodiments, when the proline moiety is adjacent to an arginine amino acid subunit, the proline moiety confers metabolic to the conjugates since the argine-proline amide bond is not cleavable by common endopeptidases. As noted above, conjugates comprising carrier peptides linked to nucleic acid analogues via a glycine or proline amino acid subunit have lower toxicity and similar efficacy compared to other known conjugates. Experiments performed in support of the present application show that kidney toxicity markers are much lower with the presently disclosed conjugates compared to other conjugates (see e.g., kidney injury marker (KIM) and blood urea nitrogen (BUN) data described inExample 30). While not wishing to be bound by theory, the present inventors believe the reduced toxicity of the disclosed conjugates may be related to the absence of unnatural amino acids such as aminohexanoic acid or P-alanine in the portion of the peptide which is attached to the nucleic acid analogue (e.g., the carboxy terminus). Since these unnatural amino acids are not cleaved in vivo, it is believed that toxic concentrations of the uncleaved peptides may accumulate and cause toxic effects. The glycine or proline moiety may be at either the amino or carboxy terminus of the carrier peptide, and in some instances, the carrier peptide may be linked to the nucleic acid analogue directly via the glycine or proline subunit or the carrier peptide may be linked to the nucleic acid analogue via an optional linker. In one embodiment, the present disclosure is directed to a conjugate comprising: (a) a carrier peptide comprising amino acid subunits; and (b) a nucleic acid analogue comprising a substantially uncharged backbone and a targeting base sequence for sequence-specific binding to a target nucleic acid; wherein: two or more of the amino acid subunits are positively charged amino acids, the carrier peptide comprises a glycine (G) or proline (P) amino acid subunit at a carboxy terminus of the carrier peptide and the carrier peptide is covalently attached to the nucleic acid analogue. In some embodiments, no more than seven contiguous amino acid subunits are arginine, for example 6 or fewer contiguous amino acid subunits are arginine. In some embodiments, the carrier peptide comprises a glycine amino acid subunit at the carboxy terminus. In other embodiments, the carrier peptide comprises a proline amino acid subunit at the carboxy terminus. In still other embodiments, the carrier peptide comprises a single glycine or proline at the carboxy terminus (i.e., does not comprise a glycine or proline dimmer or trimer, etc. at the carboxy terminus). In certain embodiments, the carrier peptide, when conjugated to an antisense oligomer having a substantially uncharged backbone, is effective to enhance the binding of the antisense oligomer to its target sequence, relative to the antisense oligomer in unconjugated form, as evidenced by:
(i) a decrease in expression of an encoded protein, relative to that provided by the unconjugated oligomer, when binding of the antisense oligomer to its target sequence is effective to block a translation start codon for the encoded protein, or (ii) an increase in expression of an encoded protein, relative to that provided by the unconjugated oligomer, when binding of the antisense oligomer to its target sequence is effective to block an aberrant splice site in a pre-mRNA which encodes said protein when correctly spliced. Assays suitable for measurement of these effects are described further below. In one embodiment, conjugation of the peptide provides this activity in a cell-free translation assay, as described herein. In some embodiments, activity is enhanced by a factor of at least two, a factor of at least five or a factor of at least ten. Alternatively or in addition, the carrier peptide is effective to enhance the transport of the nucleic acid analog into a cell, relative to the analog in unconjugated form. In certain embodiments, transport is enhanced by a factor of at least two, a factor of at least two, a factor of at least five or a factor of at least ten. In other embodiments, the carrier peptide is effective to decrease the toxicity (i.e., increase maximum tolerated dose) of the conjugate, relative to a conjugate comprising a carrier peptide lacking the terminal glycine or proline amino subunits. In certain embodiments, toxicity is decreased by a factor of at least two, a factor of at least two, a factor of at least five or a factor of at least ten. A further benefit of the peptide transport moiety is its expected ability to stabilize a duplex between an antisense oligomer and its target nucleic acid sequence. While not wishing to be bound by theory, this ability to stabilize a duplex may result from the electrostatic interaction between the positively charged transport moiety and the negatively charged nucleic acid. The length of the carrier peptide is not particularly limited and varies in different embodiments. In some embodiments, the carrier peptide comprises from 4 to 40 amino acid subunits. In other embodiments, the carrier peptide comprises from 6 to 30, from 6 to 20, from 8 to 25 or from 10 to 20 amino acid subunits. In some embodiments, the carrier peptide is straight, while in other embodiments it is branched. In some embodiments, the carrier peptides are rich in positively charged amino acid subunits, for example arginine amino acid subunits. A carrier peptide is
"rich" in positively charged amino acids if at least 10% of the amino acid subunits are positively charged. For example, in some embodiments at least 20%, at least 30%, at least 40%, at least 50%, at least 60%, at least 70%, at least 80% or at least 90% of the amino acid subunits are positively charged. In even other embodiments, all the amino acid subunits, except the glycine or proline amino acid subunit, are positively charged. In still other embodiment, all of the positively charged amino acid subunits are arginine. In other embodiments, the number of positively charged amino acid subunits in the carrier peptide ranges from 1to 20, for example from I to 10 or from 1 to 6. In certain embodiments, the number of positively charged amino acids in the carrier peptide is 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19 or 20. The positively charged amino acids can be naturally occurring, non naturally occurring, synthetic, modified or analogues of naturally occurring amino acids. For instance, modified amino acids with a net positive charge may be specifically designed for use in the invention as described in more detail below. A number of different types of modification to amino acids are well known in the art. In certain embodiments, the positively charged amino acids are histidine (H), lysine (K) or arginine (R). In other embodiments, the carrier peptide comprises only natural amino acid subunits (i.e., does not contain unnatural amino acids). In other embodiments, the terminal amino acids may be capped, for example with an acetyl, benzoyl or stearyl moiety, for example on the N-terminal end. Any number, combination and/or sequence of H, K and/or R may be present in the carrier peptide. In some embodiments, all of the amino acid subunits, except the carboxy terminal glycine or proline, are positively charged amino acids. In other embodiments, at least one of the positively charged amino acids is arginine. For example, in some embodiments, all of the positively charged amino acids are arginine, and in even other embodiments the carrier peptide consists of arginine and the carboxy terminal glycine or proline. In yet other embodiments, the carrier peptide comprises no more than seven contiguous arginines, for example no more than six contiguous arginines. Other types of positively charged amino acids are also envisioned. For example, in certain embodiments, at least one of the positively charged amino acids is an arginine analog. For example, the arginine analog may be a cationic a-amino acid comprising a side chain of the structure RaN=C(NH2)R, where Rais H or R'; R is R', NH 2, NHR, or N(R) 2 , where R is lower alkyl or lower alkenyl and optionally comprises oxygen or nitrogen or Ra and R may together form a ring; and wherein the side chain is linked to the amino acid via Ra or R . The carrier peptides may comprise any number of these arginine analogues. The positively charged amino acids may occur in any sequence within the carrier peptide. For example, in some embodiments the positively charged amino acids may alternate or may be sequential. For example, the carrier peptide may comprise the sequence (Rd)m, wherein Rd is independently, at each occurrence, a positively charged amino acid and m is an integer ranging from 2 to 12, from 2 to 10, from 2 to 8 or from 2 to 6. For example, in certain embodiments, Rd is arginine, and the carrier peptide comprises a sequence selected from (R) 4 , (R)5 , (R) 6 , (R)7 and (R)s, or selected from (R) 4 , (R) 5, (R) 6 and (R) 7 for example in specific embodiments the carrier peptide comprises the sequence (R)6 , for example (R)6 G or (R) 6P. In other embodiments, the carrier peptide consists of the sequence (Rd)m and the carboxy terminal glycine or proline, wherein Rd is independently, at each occurrence, a positively charged amino acid and m is an integer ranging from 2 to 12, from 2 to 10, from 2 to 8 or from 2 to 6. In certain embodiments Rd is independently, at each occurrence, arginine, histidine or lysine. For example, in certain embodiments, Rd is arginine, and the carrier peptide consists of a sequence selected from (R) 4 , (R)5 , (R) 6, (R) 7 and (R)s and the carboxy terminal glycine or proline. For example in specific embodiments the carrier peptide consists of the sequence (R)G or (R) 6P. In some other embodiments, the carrier peptide may comprise one or more hydrophobic amino acid subunits, the hydrophobic amino acid subunits comprising a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl or aralkyl side chain wherein the alkyl, alkenyl and alkynyl side chain includes at most one heteroatom for every six carbon atoms acid. In some embodiments, the hydrophobic amino acid is phenylalanine (F). For example, the carrier peptide may comprise two or more contingous hydrophobic amino acids such as phenylalanine (F), for example two contiguous phenylalanine moieties. The hydrophobic amino acid(s) may be at any point in the carrier peptide sequence.
In other embodiments, the carrier peptide comprises the sequence
[(RdYbRd)x(RdRdYb)y , or [(RdRdy)y(RdybRd)x z wherein Rd is independently, at each occurrence, a positively charged amino acid, x and y are independently, at each occurrence, 0 or 1, provided that x + y is 1or 2, z is 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6 and Y is
-C(O)-(CHR°e)"-NH (yb)
wherein n is 2 to 7 and each Reis independently, at each occurrence, hydrogen or methyl. In some of these embodiments, Rd is independently, at each occurrence arginine, histidine or lysine. In other embodiments, each Rd is arginine. In other embodiments, n is 5 and Y is an aminohexanoic acid moiety. In other embodiments, n is 2 and Y is a -alanine moiety. In yet other embodiments, Re is hydrogen. In certain embodiments of the foregoing, x is 1 and y is 0, and the carrier peptide comprises the sequence (RdybRd)z. In other embodiments, n is 5 and Y is an aminohexanoic acid moiety. In other embodiments, n is 2 and Y is a -alanine moiety. In yet other embodiments, Re is hydrogen. In still other embodiments of the foregoing, x is 0 and y is 1, and the carrier peptide comprises the sequence (RdRdyb)z. In other embodiments, n is 5 and yb is an aminohexanoic acid moiety. In other embodiments, n is 2 and Y is a -alanine moiety. In yet other embodiments, Re is hydrogen. In other embodiments, the carrier peptide comprises the sequence (Rdyb)p,wherein Rd and ybare as defined above and p is an integer ranging from 2 to 8. In other embodiments, each Rd is arginine. In other embodiments, n is 5 and Y is an aminohexanoic acid moiety. In other embodiments, n is 2 and Y is a -alanine moiety. In yet other embodiments, Re is hydrogen. In other embodiments, the carrier peptide comprises the sequence ILFQY. The peptides may comprise the ILFQY sequence in addition to any of the other sequences disclosed herein. For example the carrier peptide may comprise ILFQY and [(RdybRd)x(RdRdyb)yz, [(RdRdyb)y(RdybRd)x z, (Rdyb)por cmbinations
thereof wherein Rd, x, y and Yb are as defined above. The [(RdybRd)x(RdRdyb)y z,
[(RdRdyb)y(RdybRd)x z or (Rdyb)p sequence may be on the amino terminus, carboxy terminus or both of the ILFQY sequence. In certain embodiments, x is 1 and y is 0 and the carrier peptide comprises (RdybRd)z linked to the ILFQY sequence via an optional Z linker. In other related embodiments, the carrier peptide comprises the sequence ILFQ, IWFQ or ILIQ. Other embodiments include carrier peptides which comprise the sequence PPMWS, PPMWT, PPMFS or PPMYS. The carrier peptide may comprise these sequences in addition to any of the other sequences described herein, for example in addition to the sequences [(RdYbRd)x [(RY
[(RRddyb)y(RdybRd)xz or (Rdybp
wherein Rd, x, y and yb are as defined above. Some embodiments of the carrier peptide include modifications to naturally occurring amino acid subunits, for example the amino terminal or carboxy terminal amino acid subunit may be modified. Such modifications include capping the free amino or free carboxy with a hydrophobic group. For example, the amino terminus may be capped with an acetyl, benzoyl or stearoyl moiety. For example, any of the pepetide sequences in Table 1 may have such modifications even if not specifically depticted in the table. In these embodiments, the amino terminus of the carrier peptide can be depicted as follows: 0 0 X"0
H ;or .
In yet other embodiments, the carrier peptide comprises at least one of alanine, asparagine, cysteine, glutamine, glycine, histidine, lysine, methionine, serine or threonine. In some of the embodiments disclosed herein, the carrier peptide consists of the noted sequences and the carboxy terminal glycine or proline amino acid subunit. In some embodiments the carrier peptide does not consist of the following sequences (amino terminal to carboxy terminal): R6G, RG, RsG, RGR4G, R5F2R4 G, Tat-G, rTat-G, (RXR 2G 2) 2 or (RXR3X) 2G. In yet other embodiments, the carrier peptide does not consist of RsG, R9G or R9F 2G. In still other embodiments, the carrier peptide does not consist of the following sequences: Tat-G, rTat-G, R9F 2G, R 5F2 R 4 , R 4 G, R 5G, R 6G, R 7 G, RsG, R 9G, (RXR) 4G, (RXR)G, (RXRRBR) 2G,
(RAR) 4F 2 or (RGR) 4F2 .In other embodiments, the carrier peptide does not consist of "Penetratin" or "R6Pen". In another aspect, the present disclosure provides a peptide-nucleic acid analog conjugate, comprising a nucleic acid analog having a substantially uncharged backbone and a targeting base sequence, and covalently linked to the nucleic acid analog, a peptide comprising a carboxy terminal glycine or proiline amino acid subunit and consisting of 8 to 16 additional other subunits selected from Rd subunits, Y subunits, and optional Z subunits, including at least eight Rd subunits, at least two Y subunits, and at most three Z subunits, where >50% of said subunits are Rd subunits, and where (a) each Rd subunit independently represents arginine or an arginine analog, the arginine analog being a cationic a-amino acid comprising a side chain of the structure RaN=C(NH2)R, where Rais H or R; R is R, NH 2, NHR, or N(R) 2, where R is lower alkyl or lower alkenyl and optionally comprises oxygen or nitrogen or Raand Rb may together form a ring; and wherein the side chain is linked to the amino acid via Ra or Rb; (b) the at least two Y subunits are Ya or Y, wherein: (i) each Ya is independently a neutral a-amino acid subunits having side chains independently selected from substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, and aralkyl, wherein said side chain, when selected from substituted alkyl, alkenyl, and alkynyl, includes at most one heteroatom for every two, preferably every four, and more preferably every six carbon atoms, and wherein said subunits are contiguous or are flanking a linker moiety, and (ii) Yb is:
-C(O)-(CHR°e)"-NH (yb)
wherein n is 2 to 7 and each Re is independently, at each occurrence, hydrogen or methyl.; and (c) Z represents an amino acid subunit selected from alanine, asparagine, cysteine, glutamine, glycine, histidine, lysine, methionine, serine, threonine and amino acids having side chains which are one- or two-carbon homologs of naturally occurring side chains, excluding side chains which are negatively charged at physiological pH (e.g. carboxylate side chains). In some embodiments, the side chains are neutral. In other embodiments, the Z side chains are side chains of naturally occurring amino acids. The optional Z subunits in some embodiments are selected from alanine, glycine, methionine, serine, and threonine. The carrier peptide may include zero, one, two, or three Z subunits, and in some embodiments includes at most two Z subunits. In selected embodiments, the carrier peptide has exactly two Y subunits of type Ya, which are contiguous or are flanking a cysteine subunit. In some embodiments, the two Ya subunits are contiguous. In other embodiments, side chains for Ya subunits include side chains of naturally occurring amino acids and one- or two carbon homologs thereof, excluding side chains which are charged at physiological pH. Other possible side chains are side chains of naturally occurring amino acids. In further embodiments, the side chain is an aryl or aralkyl side chain; for example, each Ya may be independently selected from phenylalanine, tyrosine, tryptophan, leucine, isoleucine, and valine. In selected embodiments, each Ya is independently selected from phenylalanine and tyrosine; in further embodiments, each Ya is phenylalanine. This includes, for example, conjugates which consist of arginine subunits, phenylalanine subunits, the glycine or proline amino acid subunit, an optional linker moiety, and the nucleic acid analog. One such conjugate includes a peptide having the formula Arg 9Phe 2aa, where aa is glycine or proline. The foregoing carrier peptides may also comprise ILFQY, ILFQ, IWFQ or ILIQ. Other embodiments include the foregoing carrier peptides which comprise the sequence PPMWS, PPMWT, PPMFS or PPMYS. The peptide-oligomer conjugates of the invention are more effective than the unconjugated oligomer in various functions, including: inhibiting expression of targeted mRNA in a protein expression system, including cell free translation systems; inhibiting splicing of targeted pre-mRNA; and inhibiting replication of a virus, by targeting cis-acting elements which control nucleic acid replication or mRNA transcription of the virus.
Also included within the scope of the present invention are conjugates of other pharmacological agents (i.e., not a nucleic acid analog) and the carrier peptide. Specifically, some embodiments provide a conjugate comprising: (a) a carrier peptide comprising amino acid subunits; and (b) a pharmacological agent; wherein: two or more of the amino acid subunits are positively charged amino acids, the carrier peptide comprises a glycine (G) or proline (P) amino acid subunit at a carboxy terminus of the carrier peptide and the carrier peptide is covalently attached to the pharmacological agent. The carrier peptide in these embodiments may be any of the carrier peptides described herein. Methods for delivering the pharmacological agent by conjugating it to the carrier peptide are also provided. The pharmacological agent to be delivered is may be a biologically active agent, e.g. a therapeutic or diagnostic agent, although it may be a compound employed for detection, such as a fluorescent compound. Biologically active agents include drug substances selected from biomolecules, e.g. peptides, proteins, saccharides, or nucleic acids, particularly antisense oligonucleotides, or "small molecule" organic or inorganic compounds. A "small molecule" compound may be defined broadly as an organic, inorganic, or organometallic compound which is not a biomolecule as described above. Typically, such compounds have molecular weights of less than 1000, or, in one embodiment, less than 500. In one embodiment, the pharmacological agent to be delivered does not include single amino acids, dipeptides, or tripeptides. In another embodiment, it does not include short oligopeptides; that is, oligopeptides having fewer than six amino acid subunits. In a further embodiment, it does not include longer oligopeptides; that is, oligopeptides having between seven and 20 amino acid subunits. In a still further embodiment, it does not include polypeptides, having greater than 20 amino acid subunits, or proteins. The carrier peptide is effective to enhance the transport of the pharmacological agent into a cell relative to the pharmacological agent in unconjugated form and/or with less toxicity, relative to the pharmacological agent conjugated to a corresponding peptide lacking the glycing or proline subunits. In some embodiments, transport is enhanced by a factor of at least two, at least five or at least ten. In other embodiments, toxicity is decreased (i.e., maximum tolerated dose increased) by a factor of at least two, at least five or at least ten.
B. Peptide Linkers The carrier peptide can be linked to the agent to be delivered (e.g., nuceleic acid analogue, pharmacological agent, etc.) by a variety of methods available to one of skill in the art. In some embodiments, the carrier peptide is linked to the nucleic acid analogue directly without an intervening linker. In this regard, formation of an amide bond between the terminal amino acid and a free amine of free carboxyl on the nucleic acid analogue may be useful for forming the conjugate. In certain embodiments, the carboxy terminal glycine or proline subunit is linked directly to the 3' end of the nucleic acid analogue, for example the carrier peptide may be linked by forming an amide bond between the carboxy terminal glycine or proline moiety and the 3' morpholino ring nitrogen (see e.g., Figure IC). In some embodiments, the nucleic acid analog is conjugated to the carrier peptide via a linker moiety selected from a Ya or Yb subunit, a cysteine subunit, and an uncharged, non-amino acid linker moiety. In other embodiments, the nucleic acid analogue is linked to the carrier peptide directly via the glycine or proline moiety at either the 5' or 3' end of the nucleic acid analogue. In some embodiments, the carrier peptide is linked directly via the glycine or proline amino acid subunit to the 3' of the nucleic acid analogue, for example directly linked to the 3' morpholino nitrogen via an amide bond. In other embodiments, the conjugates comprise a linking moiety between the terminal glycine or proline amino acid subunit. In some of the embodiments, the linker is up to 18 atoms in length comprising bonds selected from alkyl, hydroxyl, alkoxy, alkylamino, amide, ester, carbonyl, carbamate, phosphorodiamidate, phosphoroamidate, phosphorothioate and phosphodiester. In certain embodiments, the linker comprises phosphorodiamidate and piperazine bonds. For example, in some embodiments the linker has the following structure (XXIX):
/ R24 N
N-P=O
wherein R24 is absent, H or C1-C6 alkyl. In certain embodiments, R24 is absent and in other embodiments structure (XXIX) links the 5' end of a nucleic acid analogue (e.g., a morpholino oligomer) to the carrier peptide (see e.g., Figure 1B). In some embodiments, the side chain moieties of the Rd subunits are independently selected from guanidyl (HN=C(NH 2)NH-), amidinyl (HN=C(NH 2)C<), 2-aminodihydropyrimidyl, 2-aminotetrahydropyrimidyl, 2-aminopyridinyl and 2-amino pyrimidinyl. Multiple carrier peptides can be attached to a single compound if desired; alternatively, multiple compounds can be conjugated to a single transporter. The linker between the carrier peptide and the nucleic acid analogue may also consist of natural or non-natural amino acids (e.g., 6-aminohexanoic acid or P-alanine). The linker may also comprise a direct bond between the carboxy terminus of a transporter peptide and an amine or hydroxy group of the nucleic acid analogue (e.g., at the 3' morpholino nitrogen or 5' OH), formed by condensation promoted by e.g. carbodiimide. In general, the linker may comprise any nonreactive moiety which does not interfere with transport or function of the conjugate. Linkers can be selected from those which are non-cleavable under normal conditions of use, e.g., containing an ether, thioether, amide, or carbamate bond. In other embodiments, it may be desirable to include a linkage between the carrier peptide and compound (e.g., oligonucleotide analogue, pharmacological agent, etc.) which is cleavable in vivo. Bonds which are cleavable in vivo are known in the art and include, for example, carboxylic acid esters, which are hydrolyzed enzymatically, and disulfides, which are cleaved in the presence of glutathione. It may also be feasible to cleave a photolytically cleavable linkage, such as an ortho-nitrophenyl ether, in vivo by application of radiation of the appropriate wavelength. Exemplary heterobifunctional linking agents which further contain a cleavable disulfide group include N-hydroxysuccinimidyl 3-[(4 azidophenyl)dithio]propionate and others described in Vanin, E.F. and Ji, T.H., Biochemistry 20:6754-6760 (1981).'
C. Exemplary Carrier Peptides A Table of sequences of exemplary carrier peptides and oligonucleotide sequences is provided below in Table 1. In some embodiments, the present disclosure provides a peptide oligomer conjugate, wherein the peptide comprises or consists of any one of the peptide sequences in Table 1. In another embodiment, the the nucleic acid analogue comprises or consists of any of the oligonucleotide sequences in Table 1. In still other embodiments, the present disclosure provides a peptide oligomer conjugate, wherein the peptide comprises or consists of any one of the peptide sequences in Table 1, and the nucleic acid analogue comprises or consists of any of the oligonucleotide sequences in Table 1. In other embodiments, the disclosure provides a peptide comprising or consisting of any one of the sequences in Table 1.
Table 1. Exemplary Carrier Peptides and Oligonucleotide Sequences
Name SEQ Sequence(AminotoCarboxyTerminusor5'to3') ID NO. (RFF) 3; RFFRFFRFF-aa 89 CP0407 RTR RTRTRFLRRT-aa 90 RFFR RFFRFFRFFR-aa 91 KTR KTRTKFLKKT-aa 92 KFF KFFKFFKFF-aa 93 KFFK KFFKFFKFFK-aa 94 (RFF) 2 RFFRFF-aa 95 (RFF) 2R RFFRFFR-aa 96 RX RXXRXXR-aa 97 (RXR) 4 ; RXRRXRRXRRXR-aa 98 P007 Tat47_ss YGRKKRRQRRR-aa 99 Tat4s-ss GRKKRRQRRR-aa 100
Name Sequence (Amino to Carboxy Terminus or 5'to3') IDNO
1at 4 9 -58 RKKRRQRRR-aa 101 Penetratin RQIKIWFQNRRMKWKKGG-aa 102 Transportan GWTLNSAGYLLGKJNLKALAALAKKJL-aa 103 2XHph-1 YARVRRRGPRGYARVRRRGPRR-aa 104 Hph-1 YARVRRRGPRR-aa 105 Sim-2 AKAARQAAR-aa 106 HSV1 VP22 DAATATRGRSAASRPTLRPRAPARSASRPRRPVL-aa 107 Pep- I KLTWWLTWWTLWSQPKKKRKV-aa 108 Pep-2 KLTWFLTWFTLWSQPKKKRKV-aa 109 ANTP RQIKIWFQNRRMKWKK-aa 110 R 6 Pen RRRRRR-RQIKIWFQNRRMKWKKGG-aa 111 rnat RRRQRRKKRC-aa 112 plat CYGRKKRRQRRR-aa 113 RgF 2 RRRRRRRRRFFC-aa 114 R 9 CF2 RRRRRRRRRCFF-aa RRRRRRRR 115 RCFF RsCF 2R RRRRRRRRCFFR-aa 116 R 6 CF2 R3 RRRRRRCFFRRR-aa 117 R 5 FCFR 4 RRRRRFCFRRRR-aa 118 R 5F2 R4 RRRRRFFRRRR-aa 119 R 4 CF2 R5 RRRRCFFRRRRR-aa 120 R 2 CF2 R7 RRCFFRRRRRRR-aa 121 CF2 R9 CFFRRRRRRRRR-aa 122 CR9 F2 CRRRRRRRRRFF-aa 123 F 2 R9 FFRRRRRRRRR-aa 124 R 5F 2CF 2R 4 RRRRRFFCFFRRRR-aa 125 R 9 12 RRRRRRRRRII-aa 126 RsF 3 RRRRRRRRFFF-aa 127 RgF 4 RRRRRRRRRFFFF-aa 128 RsF 2 RRRRRRRRFF-aa 129 R 6F 2 RRRRRRFF-aa 130 R 5F 2 RRRRRFF-aa 131 (RRX)3RR RRXRRXRR;XRR-aa 132 (RXR) 4 RXRR;XRRXRRXR-aa 133 (XRR) 4 XRRXRRXRRXRR-aa 134
Name Sequence (Amino to Carboxy Terminus or 5' to 3') SEQ IDNO.
(RX)sRR RXRXRXRXRXR-aa 135 (RXR) 3 RXRRXRRXR-aa 136 (RXR) 2R RXRRXRR-aa 137 (RXR) 2 RXRRXR-aa 138 (RKX) 3RK RKXRKXRKXRK-aa 139 (RHX) 3RH RHXRHXRHXRH-aa 140 RsCF 2R RRRRRRRRCFFR-aa 141 (RRX)3RR RRXRRXRRXRR-aa 142 (RXR) 4 ; RXRRXRRXRRXR-aa 143 P007 (XRR)4 XRRXRRXRRXRR-aa 144 (RX) 5R RXRXRXRXRXR-aa 145 (RX) 7R RXRXRXRXRXRXR-aa 146 (RXR)5 RXRRXRRXRRXRRXR-aa 147 (RXRRBR) 2 ; RXRRBRRXRRBR-aa 148 B (RXR) 3RBR RXRRXRRXRRBR-aa 149 (RB) 5 RXRB RBRBRBRBRBRXRBR-aa 150 R RBRBRBRX RBRBRBRXRBRBRBR-aa 151 RBRBRBR X(RB) 3RX(R XRBRBRBRXRBRBRBR-aa 152 B) 3R-X (RBRX) 4 RBRXRBRXRBRXRBR-aa 153 (RB) 4 (RX)3 R RBRBRBRBRXRXRXR-aa 154 RX(RB) 2RX( RXRBRBRXRBRBRBR-aa 155 RB) 3R (RB) 7R RBRBRBRBRBRBRBR-aa 156 R4 tg-RRRR-aa 157 R5 tg-RRRRR-aa 158 R6 tg-RRRRRR-aa 159 R7 tg-RRRRRRR-aa 160 Rs tg-RRRRRRRR-aa 161 R5 GR 4 tg-RRRRRGRRRR-aa 162 R5 F2 R 4 tg-RRRRRFFRRRR-aa 163 Tat tg-RKKRRQRRR-aa 164 rTat tg-RRRQRRKKR-aa 165
Name Sequence (Amino to Carboxy Terminus or 5' to 3') SEQ IDNO.
RXRRXR-aa 166 RBRRBR-aa 167 RXRRBR-aa 168 RBRRXR-aa 169 RXRYbRXR-aa 170 RBRYbRBR-aa 171 RXRYbRBR-aa 172 RBRYbRXR-aa 173 RXRILFQYRXR-aa 174 RBRILFQYRBR-aa 175 RXRILFQYRBR-aa 176 RBRILFQYRXR-aa 177 RXRRXRRXR-aa 178 RBRRBRRBR-aa 179 RXRRBRRXR-aa 180 RXRRBRRBR-aa 181 RXRRXRRBR-aa 182 RBRRXRRBR-aa 183 RBRRXRRXR-aa 184 RBRRBRRXR-aa 185 RXRYbRXRRXR-aa 186 RXRRXRYbRXR-aa 187 RXRILFQYRXRRXR-aa 188 RXRRXRILFQYRXR-aa 189 RXRYLRXRYRXR-aa 190 RXRILFQYRXRILFQYRXR-aa 191 RXRILFQYRXRYbRXR-aa 192 RXRYbRXRILFQYRXR-aa 193 RBRY bRBRRBR-aa 194 RBRRBRY bRBR-aa 195 RBRIRILFQBRRBR-aa 196 RBRRBRILFQYRBR-aa 197 RBRYRBRYbRBR-aa 198 RBRILFQYRBRILFQYRBR-aa 199 RBRYbRBRILFQYRBR-aa 200 RBRILFQYRBRYbRBR-aa 201
Name Sequence (Amino to Carboxy Terminus or 5' to 3') SEQ IDNO. RB 202 RXRYRBRRXR-aa 202 RXRILQYRbRXR-aa 204 RXRRBRIYRXR-aa 203 RXRRBRFQYBRXR-aa 204
RXRILFQYRBRILFQYRXR-aa 207 RXRYbRBRILFQYRXR-aa 208 RXRILFQYRBRYbRXR-aa 209 RXRY bRBRRBR-aa 210 RXRRBRYbRBR-aa 211 RXRILFQYRBRRBR-aa 212 RXRRBRILFQYRBR-aa 213 RXRYbRBRYbRBR-aa 214 RXRILFQYRBRILFQYRBR-aa 215 RXRY bRBRILFQYRBR-aa 216 RXRILFQYRBRYbRBR-aa 217 RXRYbRXRRBR-aa 218 RXRRXRYbRBR-aa 219 RXRILFQYRXRRBR-aa 220 RXRRXRILFQYRBR-aa 221 RXRYbRXRYbRBR-aa 222 RXRILFQYRXRILFQYRBR-aa 223 RXRYbRXRILFQYRBR-aa 224 RXRILFQYRXRYbRBR-aa 225 RBRYbRXRRBR-aa 226 RBRRXRYbRBR-aa 227 RBRILFQYRXRRBR-aa 228 RBRRXRILFQYRBR-aa 229 RBRYbRXRYbRBR-aa 230 RBRILFQYRXRILFQYRBR-aa 231 RBRYbRXRILFQYRBR-aa 232 RBRILFQYRXRYbRBR-aa 233 RBRYbRXRRXR-aa 234 RBRRXRYbRXR-aa 235 RBRILFQYRXRRXR-aa 236 RBRRXRILFQYRXR-aa 237
Name Sequence (Amino to Carboxy Terminus or 5' to 3') IDNO.
RBRYbRXRYbRXR-aa 238 RBRILFQYRXRILFQYRXR-aa 239 RBRYbRXRILFQYRXR-aa 240 RBRILFQYRXRYbRXR-aa 241 RBRYbRBRRXR-aa 242 RBRRBRYbRXR-aa 243 RBRILFQYRBRRXR-aa 244 RBRRBRILFQYRXR-aa 245 RBRYLRBRYbRXR-aa 246 RBRILFQYRBRILFQYRXR-aa 247 RBRYbRBRILFQYRXR-aa 248 RBRILFQYRBRYbRXR-aa 249 RXRRXRRXRRXR-aa 250 RXRRBRRXRILFQYRXRBRXR-aa 251 RXRRBRRXRRBR-aa 252 YGRKKRRQRRRP-aa 253 RXRRXRRXRRXRXBASSLNIAXC-aa 254 RXRRBRRXRILFQYRXRBRXRBASSLNIAXC-aa 255 RXRRBRRXRASSLNIARXRBRXRBC-aa 256 RXRRBRRXRRBRXBASSLNIA-aa 257 THRPPMWSPVWP-aa 258 HRPPMWSPVWP-aa 259 THRPPMWSPV-aa 260 THRPPMWSP-aa 261 THRPPMWSPVFP-aa 262 THRPPMWSPVYP-aa 263 THRPPMWSPAWP-aa 264 THRPPMWSPLWP-aa 265 THRPPMWSPIWP-aa 266 THRPPMWTPVVWP-aa 267 THRPPMFSPVWP-aa 268 THRPPMWS-aa 269 HRPPMWSPVW-aa 270 THRPPMYSPVWP-aa 271 THRPPneWSPVWP-aa (nle norleucine) 272 THKPPMWSPVWP-aa 273
Name Sequence (Amino to Carboxy Terminus or 5'to3') IDNO
SHRPPMWSPVWP-aa 274 STFTHPR-aa 275 YDIDNRR-aa 276 AYKPVGR-aa 277 HAIYPRH-aa 278 HTPNSTH-aa 279 ASSPVHR-aa 280 SSLPLRK-aa 281 KKRS-aa 282 KRSK-aa 283 KKRSK-aa 284 KSRK-aa 285 SRKR-aa 286 RKRK-aa 287 KSRKR-aa 288 QHPPWRV-aa 289 THPPTTH-aa 290 YKHTPTT-aa 291 QGMHRGT-aa 292 SRKRK-aa 293 KSRKRK-aa 294 PKKKRKV-aa 295 GKKRSKV-aa 296 KSRKRKL-aa 297 HSPSKIP-aa 298 HMATFHY-aa 299 AQPNKFK-aa 300 NLTRLHT-aa 301 KKKR-aa 302 KKRK-aa 303 KKKRK-aa 304 RRRRRRQIKIWFQNRRMKWKKGGC-aa 305 RRRRRRRQIKIWFQNRRMKWKKGGC-aa 306 RQIKIWFQNRRMKWKKGGC-aa 307 RRRRRRRQIKIWFQNRRMKWKKC-aa 308 RXRRXRRXRRQIKIWFQNRRMKWKKGGC-aa 309
Name Sequence (Amino to Carboxy Terminus or 5' to 3') SEQ IDNO.
RRRRRRRQIKILFQNRXRXRXRXC-aa 310 RXRRXRRXRRXRC-aa 311 RXRRXRRXRRXRXC-aa 312 RXRRXRRXRIKILFQNRRMKWKKGGC-aa 313 RXRRXRRXRIKILFQNRRMKWKKC-aa 314 RXRRXRRXRIKILFQNRMKWKKC-aa 315 RXRRXRRXRIKILFQNXRMKWKKC-aa 316 RXRRXRRXRIKILFQNHRMKWKKC-aa 317 RXRRXRRXRIKILFQNXRMKWKKC-aa 318 RXRRXRRXRIKILFQNXRMKWKKC-aa 319 RXRRXRRXRIKILFQNXRMKWKAC-aa 320 RXRRXRRXRIKILFQNXRMKWHKAC-aa 321 RXRRXRRXRIKILFQNXRMKWHRC-aa 322 RXRXRXRXRIKILFQNRRMKWKKC-aa 323 RARARARARIKILFQNRRMKWKKC-aa 324 RXRRXRRXRIXILFQNXRMKWHKAC-aa 325 RXRRXRRXRIHILFQNXRMKWHKAC-aa 326 RXRRXRRXRIRILFQNXRMKWHKAC-aa 327 RXRRXRRXRIXILFQYXRMKWHKAC-aa 328 RXRRXRRXRLYSPLSFQXRMKWHKAC-aa 329 RXRRXRRXRISILFQYXRMKWHKAC-aa 330 RXRRXRRXRILFQYXRMKWHKAC-aa 331 RXRRXRIXILFQYXRMKWHKAC-aa 332 RXRRARRXRIHILFQYXRMKWHKAC-aa 333 RARRXRRARIHILFQYXRMKWHKAC-aa 334 RXRRXRRXRIHILFQYXRMKWHKAC-aa 335 RXRRXRRXRIXILFQNXRMKWHKAC-aa 336 RXRRXRRXRIHILFQNXRMKWHKAC-aa 337 RXRRXRRXRIKILFQNRRMKWHK-aa 338 RXRRXRRXRIKILFQNXRMKWHK-aa 339 RXRRXRRXRIXILFQNRRMKWHK-aa 340 RXRRXRRXRIXILFQNXRMKWHK-aa 341 RXRRXRRXRIHILFQNRRMKWHK-aa 342 RXRRXRRXRIHILFQNXRMKWHK-aa 343 RXRRXRRXRIRILFQNRRMKWHK-aa 344 RXRRXRRXRIRILFQNXRMKWHK-aa 345
Name Sequence (Amino to Carboxy Terminus or 5' to 3') SEQ IDNO.
RXRRXRRXRIILFQNRRMKWHK-aa 346 RXRRXRRXRIILFQNXRMKWHK-aa 347 RXRRXRRXRKILFQNRRMKWHK-aa 348 RXRRXRRXRKILFQNXRMKWHK-aa 349 RXRRXRRXRXILFQNRRMKWHK-aa 350 RXRRXRRXRXILFQNXRMKWHK-aa 351 RXRRXRRXRHILFQNRRMKWHK-aa 352 RXRRXRRXRHILFQNXRMKWHK-aa 353 RXRRXRRXRRILFQNRRMKWHK-aa 354 RXRRXRRXRRILFQNXRMKWHK-aa 355 RXRRXRRXRILFQNRRMKWHK-aa 356 RXRRXRRXRILFQNXRMKWHK-aa 357 RXRRXRRXRIKILFQYRRMKWHK-aa 358 RXRRXRRXRIKILFQYXRMKWHK-aa 359 RXRRXRRXRIXILFQYRRMKWHK-aa 360 RXRRXRRXRIXILFQYXRMKWHK-aa 361 RXRRXRRXRIHILFQYRRMKWHK-aa 362 RXRRXRRXRIHILFQYXRMKWHK-aa 363 RXRRXRRXRIRILFQYRRMKWHK-aa 364 RXRRXRRXRIRILFQYXRMKWHK-aa 365 RXRRXRRXRIILFQYRRMKWHK-aa 366 RXRRXRRXRIILFQYXRMKWHK-aa 367 RXRRXRRXRKILFQYRRMKWHK-aa 368 RXRRXRRXRKILFQYXRMKWHK-aa 369 RXRRXRRXRXILFQYRRMKWHK-aa 370 RXRRXRRXRXILFQYXRMKWHK-aa 371 RXRRXRRXRHILFQYRRMKWHK-aa 372 RXRRXRRXRHILFQYXRMKWHK-aa 373 RXRRXRRXRRILFQYRRMKWHK-aa 374 RXRRXRRXRRILFQYXRMKWHK-aa 375 RXRRXRRXRILFQYRRMKWHK-aa 376 RXRRXRRXRILFQYXRMKWHK-aa 377 RXRRXRRXR-aa 378 RXRRXRRXRRXR-aa 379 RARRAR-aa 380 RARRARRAR-aa 381
Name Sequence (Amino to Carboxy Terminus or 5' to 3') SEQ IDNO.
RARRARRARRAR-aa 382 RXRRXRI-aa 383 RXRRARRXR-aa 384 RARRXRRAR-aa 385 RRRRR-aa 386 RRRRRR-aa 387 RRRRRRR-aa 388 RXRRXRRXRRXRC-aa 389 RXRRXRRXRRXRXC-aa 390 RXRRXRRXRIKILFQNRRMKWKKGGC-aa 391 RXRRXRRXRIKILFQNRRMKWKKC-aa 392 RXRRXRRXRIKILFQNRMKWKKC-aa 393 RXRRXRRXRIKILFQNXRMKWKKC-aa 394 RXRRXRRXRIKILFQNHRMKWKKC-aa 395 RXRRXRRXRIKILFQNXRMKWKKC-aa 396 RXRRXRRXRIKILFQNXRMKWKKC-aa 397 RXRRXRRXRIKILFQNXRMKWKAC-aa 398 RXRRXRRXRIKILFQNXRMKWHKAC-aa 399 RXRRXRRXRIKILFQNXRMKWHRC-aa 400 RXRXRXRXRIKILFQNRRMKWKKC-aa 401 RARARARARIKILFQNRRMKWKKC-aa 402 RXRRXRRXRIXILFQNXRMKWHKAC-aa 403 RXRRXRRXRIHILFQNXRMKWHKAC-aa 404 RXRRXRRXRIRILFQNXRMKWHKAC-aa 405 RXRRXRRXRIXILFQYXRMKWHKAC-aa 406 RXRRXRRXRLYSPLSFQXRMKWHKAC-aa 407 RRMKWHK-aa 408 XRMKWHK-aa 409 XXXXXXXXXXXXXXILFQXXRMKWHK-aa 410 XXXXXXXXXXXXXXILFQXXRMKWHK-aa 411 RRRRRRRQIKILFQNPKKKRKVGGC-aa 412 HHFFRRRRRRRRRFFC-aa 413 HHHHHHRRRRRRRRRFFC-aa 414 HHHHHHFFRRRRRRRRRFFC-aa 415 HHHHHXXRRRRRRRRRFFC-aa 416 HHHHHHXXFFRRRRRRRRRFFC-aa 417
Name Sequence (Amino to Carboxy Terminus or 5' to 3') SEQ IDNO.
HHHXRRRRRRRRRFFXHHHC-aa 418 XRMKWHK-aa 419 XRWKWHK-aa 420 RXRARXR-aa 421 RXRXRXR-aa 422 RARXRAR-aa 423 RXRAR-aa 424 XXXXXXXXXXXXXXILFQXXHMKWHK-aa 425 XXXXXXXXXXXXXILFQXXRWKWHK-aa 426 XXXXXXXXXXILFQXXHWKWHK-aa 427 XXXXXXXXXXXXXXILFQXRXRARXR-aa 428 XXIXXXXXXXXXXXXILFQXRXRXRXR-aa 429 XXXXXXXXXXXXXILFQXRXRRXR-aa 430 XXXXXXXXXXXXXXILFQXRARXRAR-aa 431 XXXXXXXXXXXXXXILFQXRXRARXR-aa 432 XXXXXXXXXXXXXXILFQXRXRAR-aa 433 XXXXXXXXXXXXXXILIQXXRMKWHK-aa 434 XXXXXXXXXXXXXXILIQXXHMKWHK-aa 435 XXXXXXXXXXXXXXILIQXXRWKWHK-aa 436 XXXXXXXXXXXXXILIQXXHWKWHK-aa 437 XY(XXXXXXXXXXXXILIQXRXRARXR-aa 438 XY(XXXXXXXXXXXXILIQXRXRXRXR-aa 439 XXXXXXXXXXXXXILIQXRXRRXR-aa 440 XXXXXXXXXXXXXXILIQXRARXRAR-aa 441 XCXXXXXXXXXXXXILIQXRXRARXR-aa 442 XXXXXXXXXXXXXILIQXRXRAR-aa 443 XXXXXXXXXXXXXXILFQXXHMKWHK-aa 444 XXXXXXXXXXXXXILFQXXRWKWHK-aa 445 XXXXXXXXXXILFQXXHWKWHK-aa 446 JQ(XXXXXXXXXXXXILFQXRXRARXR-aa 447 XXIXXXXXXXXXXXXILFQXRXRXRXR-aa 448 XXXXXXXXXXXXXILFQXRXRRXR-aa 449 XY(XXXXXXXXXXXXILFQXRARXRAR-aa 450 JQ(XXXXXXXXXXXXILFQXRXRARXR-aa 451 XXXXXXXXXXXXXXILFQXRXRAR-aa 452 XXXXXXXXXXXXXXILIQXXRMKWHK-aa 453
Name Sequence (Amino to Carboxy Terminus or 5' to 3') SEQ IDNO.
XXXXXXXXXXXXXILIQXXHMKWHK-aa 454 XXXXYXXXXXXXXXILIQXXRWKWHK-aa 455 XXXXXXXXXXXXILIQXXHWKWHK-aa 456 XXXXXXXXXXXXXILIQXRXRARXR-aa 457 XXXXXXXXXXXXXXILIQRXRXRXRXR-aa 458 XXXXXXXXXXXXILIQXRXRRXR-aa 459 XXXXXXXXXXXXILIQXRARXRAR-aa 460 XXXXXXXXXXXXXILIQXRXRARXR-aa 461 XXXXXXXXXXXXXILIQXRXRAR-aa 462 RXRRARRXRRARXA-aa 463 RXRRARRXRILFQYXHMKWHKAC-aa 464 RXRRARRXRILFQYXRMKWHKAC-aa 465 RXRRARRXRILFQYXRWKWHKAC-aa 466 RXRRXRRXRRXRC-aa 467 RXRRXRRXRIXILFQNXRMKWHKAC-aa 468 RXRRXRRXRIHILFQNXRMKWHKAC-aa 469 RXRRXRRXRIXILFQYXRMKWHKAC-aa 470 RXRRXRRXRLYSPLSFQXRMKWHKAC-aa 471 RXRRXRRXRILFQYXRMKWHKAC-aa 472 RXRRXRIXILFQYXRMKWHKAC-aa 473 RARRXRRARILFQYXRMKWHKAC-aa 474 RXRRARRXRILFQYXRMKWHKAC-aa 475 RARRXRRARILFQYXRMKWHKAC-aa 476 RXRRARRXRILFQYXRMKWHKAC-aa 477 RXRRARRXRILFQYXHMKWHKAC-aa 478 RXRRARRXRILFQYXRMKWHKAC-aa 479 RXRRARRXRILFQYXRWKWHKAC-aa 480 RXRRARRXRILFQYXHWKWHKAC-aa 481 RXRRARRXRILFQYRXRARXRAC-aa 482 RXRRARRXRILFQYRXRXRXRAC-aa 483 RXRRARRXRILIQYXRMKWHKAC-aa 484 RXRRXRILFQYRXRRXRC-aa 485 RXRRARRXRILFQYRXRARXRAC-aa 486 RXRRARRXRILFQYRXRXRXRAC-aa 487 RXRRARRXRILIQYXRMKWHKAC-aa 488 RXRRXRILFQYRXRRXRCYS-aa 489
Name Sequence (Amino to Carboxy Terminus or 5' to 3') SEQ IDNO.
RARRXRRARILFQYRARXRARAC-aa 490 RARRXRRARILFQYRXRARXRAC-aa 491 RARRXRRARILFQYRXRRXRAC-aa 492 RARRXRRARILFQYRXRARXAC-aa 493 RXRRARRXRILFQYRXRRXRAC-aa 494 RXRRARRXRILFQYRXRARXAC-aa 495 RXRRARRXRIHILFQNXRMKWHKAC-aa 496 RXRRARRXRRARXAC-aa 497 RXRRARRXRILFQYXHMKWHK-aa 498 RXRRARRXRILFQYXRMKWHK-aa 499 RXRRARRXRILFQYXRWKWHK-aa 500 RXRRARRXRILFQYXRMKWHK-aa 501 RXRRARRXRILFQYRXRARXR-aa 502 RXRRARRXRILFQYRXRXRXR-aa 503 RXRRARRXRILFQYRXRRXR-aa 504 RXRRARRXRILFQYRARXRAR-aa 505 RXRRARRXRILFQYRXRAR-aa 506 RXRRARRXRILIQYXHMKWHK-aa 507 RXRRARRXRILIQYXRMKWHK-aa 508 RXRRARRXRILIQYXRWKWHK-aa 509 RXRRARRXRILIQYXRMKWHK-aa 510 RXRRARRXRILIQYRXRARXR-aa 511 RXRRARRXRILIQYRXRXRXR-aa 512 RXRRARRXRILIQYRXRRXR-aa 513 RXRRARRXRILIQYRARXRAR-aa 514 RXRRARRXRILIQYRXRAR-aa 515 RARRXRRARILFQYXHMKWHK-aa 516 RARRXRRARILFQYXRMKWHK-aa 517 RARRXRRARILFQYXRWKWHK-aa 518 RARRXRRARILFQYXRMKWHK-aa 519 RARRXRRARILFQYRXRARXR-aa 520 RARRXRRARILFQYRXRXRXR-aa 521 RARRXRRARILFQYRXRRXR-aa 522 RARRXRRARILFQYRARXRAR-aa 523 RARRXRRARILFQYRXRAR-aa 524 RARRXRRARILIQYXHMKWHK-aa 525
Name Sequence (Amino to Carboxy Terminus or 5' to 3') SEQ IDNO.
RARRXRRARILIQYXRMKWHK-aa 526 RARRXRRARILIQYXRWKWHK-aa 527 RARRXRRARILIQYXRMKWHK-aa 528 RARRXRRARILIQYRXRARXR-aa 529 RARRXRRARILIQYRXRXRXR-aa 530 RARRXRRARILIQYRXRRXR-aa 531 RARRXRRARILIQYRARXRAR-aa 532 RARRXRRARILIQYRXRAR-aa 533 RXRRXRILFQYXHMKWHK-aa 534 RXRRXRILFQYXRMKWHK-aa 535 RXRRXRILFQYXRWKWHK-aa 536 RXRRXRILFQYXRMKWHK-aa 537 RXRRXRILFQYRXRARXR-aa 538 RXRRXRILFQYRXRXRXR-aa 539 RXRRXRILFQYRXRRXR-aa 540 RXRRXRILFQYRARXRAR-aa 541 RXRRXRILFQYRXRAR-aa 542 RXRRXRILIQYXHMKWHK-aa 543 RXRRXRILIQYXRMKWHK-aa 544 RXRRXRILIQYXRWKWHK-aa 545 RXRRXRILIQYXRMKWHK-aa 546 RXRRXRILIQYRXRARXR-aa 547 RXRRXRILIQYRXRXRXR-aa 548 RXRRXRILIQYRXRRXR-aa 549 RXRRXRILIQYRARXRAR-aa 550 RXRRXRILIQYRXRAR-aa 551 PRPXXQXXXXXXXXPRG-aa 552 RRRRRRRR-aa 553 RRMKWKK-aa 554 PKKKRKV-aa 555 CKDEPQRRSARLSAKPAPPKPEPKPKKAPAKK-aa 556 RKKRRQRRR-aa 557 RKKRRQRR-aa 558 RKKRRQR-aa 559 KKRRQRRR-aa 560 KKRRQRRR-aa 561
Name Sequence (Amino to Carboxy Terminus or 5' to 3') IDNO.
AKKRRQRRR-aa 562 RAKRRQRRR-aa 563 RKARRQRRR-aa 564 RKKARQRRR-aa 565 CRWRWKCCKK-aa 566
Dengue CGGTCCACGTAGACTAACAACT 1 JEV GAAGTTCACACAGATAAACTTCT 2 M1/M2AUG. CGGTTAGAAGACTCATCTTT 3 20.22 M1I/M2AUG. TTTCGACATCGGTTAGAAGACTCAT 25.26 NP-AUG GAGACGCCATGATGTGGATGTC 5 Picornavirus GAAACACGGACACCCAAAGTAGT 6 Dengue 3'- TCCCAGCGTCAATATGCTGTTT Cs Arenaviruses GCCTAGGATCCACGGTGCGC 8 RSV-L target GGGACAAAATGGATCCCATTATTAATGGAAATTC 9 TGCTAA RSV-AUG-2 TAATGGGATCCATTTTGTCCC 10 RSV-AUG3 AATAATGGGATCCATTTTGTCCC 11 RSV-AUG4 CATTAATAATGGGATCCATTTTGTCCC 12 RSV-AUG5 GAATTTCCATTAATAATGGGATCCATTTTG 13 RSV-AUG6 CAGAATTTCCATTAATAATGGGATCCATT 14 M23D GGCCAAACCTCGGCTTACCTGAAAT 15 AVI-5225 GGCCAAACCTCGGCTTACCTGAAAT- 16 RXRRBRRXRRBRXB eGFP654 GCTATTACCTTAACCCAG 17 huMSTN GAAAAAAGATTATATTGATTTTAAAATCATGCAA 18 target AAACTGCAACTCTGTGTT muMSTN25- CATACATTTGCAGTTTTTGCATCAT 19 104CAAATGATTTATA muMSTN25- TCATTTTTAAAAATCAGCACAATCTT 20 183 TATTAAACGAATT muMSTN25- CAGTTTTTGCATCATTTTTAAAAATC 21
Exon44-A GATCTGTCAAATCGCCTGCAGGTAA 22 Exon44-B AAACTGTTCAGCTTCTGTTAGCCAC 23
Name Sequence (Amino to Carboxy Terminus or 5' to 3') IDNO.
Exon44-C TTGTGTCTTTCTGAGAAACTGTTCA 24 Exon45-A CTGACAACAGTTTGCCGCTGCCCAA 25 Exon45-B CCAATGCCATCCTGGAGTTCCTGTAA 26 Exon45-C CATTCAATGTTCTGACAACAGTTTGCCGCT 27 Exon50-A CTTACAGGCTCCAATAGTGGTCAGT 28 Exon50-B CCACTCAGAGCTCAGATCTTCTAACTTCC 29 Exon50-C GGGATCCAGTATACTTACAGGCTCC 30 Exon51-A ACATCAAGGAAGATGGCATTTCTAGTTTGG 31 Exon51-B CTCCAACATCAAGGAAGATGGCATTTCTAG 32 Exon51-C GAGCAGGTACCTCCAACATCAAGGAA 33 Exon53-A CTGAAGGTGTTCTTGTACTTCATCC 34 Exon53-B TGTTCTTGTACTTCATCCCACTGATTCTGA 35 SMN2-A CTTTCATAATGCTGGCAG 36 SMN2-B CATAATGCTGGCAG 37 SMN2-C GCTGGCAG 38 CAG 9mer CAG CAG CAG 39 CAG 12mer CAG CAG CAG CAG 40 CAG 15mer CAG CAG CAG CAG CAG 41 CAG 18mer CAG CAG CAG CAG CAG CAG 42 AGC 9mer AGC AGC AGC 43 AGC 12mer AGC AGC AGC AGC 44 AGC 15mer AGC AGC AGC AGC AGC 45 AGC 18mer AGC AGC AGC AGC AGC AGC 46 GCA 9mer GCA GCA GCA 47 GCA 12mer GCA GCA GCA GCA 48 GCA 15mer GCA GCA GCA GCA GCA 49 GCA 18mer GCA GCA GCA GCA GCA GCA 50 AGC 25mer AGC AGC AGC AGC AGC AGC AGC AGC A 51 CAG 25mer CAG CAG CAG CAG CAG CAG CAG CAG C 52 CAGG 9mer CAG GCA GGC 53 CAGG CAG GCA GGC AGG 54 l2mer CAGG CAG GCA GGC AGG CAG GCA GGC AGG 55 24merII aa = glycine or proline; B = P-alanine; X = 6-aminohexanoic acid; tg= unmodifed amino terminus, or the amino terminal capped with an acetyl, benzoyl or stearoyl group (i.e, an acetyl amide, benzoyl amide or stearoyl amide) and Y is:
-C(O)-(CHR°),,-NH wherein n is 2 to 7 and each Re is independently, at each occurrence, hydrogen or methyl. For simplicity, not all sequences are noted with a terminal tg group; however, each of the above sequences may comprise an unmodifed amino terminus or an amino terminus capped with an acetyl, benzoyl or stearoyl group
III. Antisense Oligomers Nucleic acid analogs included in the conjugates of the invention are substantially uncharged synthetic oligomers capable of base-specific binding to a target sequence of a polynucleotide, e.g. antisense oligonucleotide analogs. Such analogs include, for example, methylphosphonates, peptide nucleic acids, substantially uncharged N3'-->P5'phosphoramidates, and morpholino oligomers. The base sequence of the nucleic acid analog, provided by base pairing groups supported by the analog backbone, can be any sequence, where the supported base pairing groups include standard or modified A, T, C, G and U bases or the non standard inosine (I) and 7-deaza-G bases. In some embodiments, the nucleic acid analog is a morpholino oligomer, i.e. an oligonucleotide analog composed of morpholino subunit structures of the form shown in Fig. 1, where (i) the structures are linked together by phosphorus containing linkages, one to three atoms long, preferably two atoms long, joining the morpholino nitrogen of one subunit to the 5'exocyclic carbon of an adjacent subunit, and (ii) Pi and Pj are purine or pyrimidine base-pairing moieties effective to bind, by base-specific hydrogen bonding, to a base in a polynucleotide. The purine or pyrimidine base-pairing moiety is typically adenine, cytosine, guanine, uracil or thymine. The synthesis, structures, and binding characteristics of morpholino oligomers are described further below and detailed in U.S. Patent Nos. 5,698,685, 5,217,866, 5,142,047, 5,034,506, 5,166,315, 5,521,063, and 5,506,337, all of which are incorporated herein by reference. Desirable chemical properties of the morpholino-based oligomers include the ability to selectively hybridize with a complementary-base target nucleic acid, including target RNA, with high Tm, even with oligomers as short as 8-14 bases, the ability to be actively transported into mammalian cells, and the ability of an oligomer:RNA heteroduplex to resist RNAse degradation.
In a preferred embodiment, the morpholino oligomer is about 8-40 subunits in length. More typically, the oligomer is about 8-20, about 8-16, about 10-30, or about 12-25 subunits in length. For some applications, such as antibacterial, short oligomers, e.g. from about 8-12 subunits in length, can be especially advantageous, particularly when attached to a peptide transporter as disclosed herein.
A. Oligomers with Modified Intersubunit Linkages One embodiment of the present disclosure is directed to peptide oligomer conjugates comprising nucleic acid analogues (e.g., morpholino oligomers) comprising modified intersubunit linkages. In some embodiments, the conjugates have higher affinity for DNA and RNA than do the corresponding unmodified oligomers and demonstrate improved cell delivery, potency, and/or tissue distribution properties compared to oligomers having other intersubunit linkages. In one embodiment, the conjugates comprise one or more intersubunit linkages of type (A) as defined below. In other embodiments, the conjugates comprise at least one intersubunit linkage of type (B) as defined below. In still other embodiments, the conjugates comprise intersubunit linkages of type (A) and type (B). In yet other embodiments, the conjugates comprise a morpholino oligomer as described in more detail below. The structural features and properties of the various linkage types and oligomers are described in more detail in the following discussion.
1. Linkage (A) Applicants have found that enhancement of antisense activity, biodistribution and/or other desirable properties can be optimized by preparing oligomers having various intersubunit linkages. For example, the oligomers may optionally comprise one or more intersubunit linkages of type (A), and in certain embodiments the oligomers comprise at least one linkage of type (A), for example each linkage may be of type (A). In some other embodiments each linkage of type (A) has the same structure. Linkages of type (A) may include linkages disclosed in co-owned U.S. Patent No. 7,943,762 which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety. Linkage (A) has the following structure (I), wherein 3' and 5' indicate the point of attachment to the 3' and 5' ends, respectively, of the morpholino ring (i.e., structure (i) discussed below): W
5'
or a salt or isomer thereof, wherein: W is, at each occurrence, independently S or 0; X is, at each occurrence, independently -N(CH 3)2, -NRR2, -OR3 or;
R5 N N-1
R46
(II) Y is, at each occurrence, independently 0 or -NR, R1 is, at each occurrence, independently hydrogen or methyl; R2 is, at each occurrence, independently hydrogen or -LNR 4 R5 R7 ; R3 is, at each occurrence, independently hydrogen orC-C6 alkyl; R4 is, at each occurrence, independently hydrogen, methyl, -C(=NH)NH 2 , -Z-L-NHC(=NH)NH 2 or -[C(=)CHR'NH]mH, where Z is -C(=O)- or a direct bond, R' is a side chain of a naturally occurring amino acid or a one- or two carbon homolog thereof, and m is 1 to 6; R5 is, at each occurrence, independently hydrogen, methyl or an electron pair; R6 is, at each occurrence, independently hydrogen or methyl; R7 is, at each occurrence, independently hydrogenC1-C 6 alkyl orC1-C6 alkoxyalkyl; and L is an optional linker up to 18 atoms in length comprising alkyl, alkoxy or alkylamino groups, or combinations thereof.
In some examples, the oligomer comprises at least one linkage of type (A). In some other embodiments, the oligomer includes at least two consecutive linkages of type (A). In further embodiments, at least 5% of the linkages in the oligomer are type (A); for example in some embodiments, 5%-95%, 10% to 90%, 10% to 50%, or 10% to 35% of the linkages may be linkage type (A). In some specific embodiments, at least one type (A) linkage is -N(CH 3) 2 . In other embodiments, each linkage of type (A) is -N(CH 3) 2, and in even other embodiments each linkage in the oligomer is -N(CH 3) 2 . In other embodiments, at least one type (A) linkage is piperizin 1-yl, for example unsubstituted piperazin-1-yl (e.g., A2 or A3). In other embodiments, each linkage of type (A) is piperizin-1-yl, for example unsubstituted piperazin-1-yl. In some embodiments, W is, at each occurrence, independently S or 0, and in certain embodiments W is 0. In some embodiments, X is, at each occurrence, independently -N(CH 3) 2, -NRlR2, -OR3. In some embodiments X is -N(CH 3) 2 . In other aspects X is -NRlR2, and in other examples X is -OR3. In some embodiments, R1 is, at each occurrence, independently hydrogen or methyl. In some embodiments, R1 is hydrogen. In other embodiments X is methyl. In some embodiments, R2 is, at each occurrence, hydrogen. In other embodiments R2 is, at each occurrence, -LNR4 R5 R7 . In some embodiments, R 3 is, at each occurrence, independently hydrogen or C 1 -C 6 alkyl. In other embodiments, R3 is methyl. In yet other embodiments, R3 is ethyl. In some other embodiments, R3 is n propyl or isopropyl. In some other embodiments, R3 is C 4 alkyl. In other embodiments, R3 is C5 alkyl. In some embodiments, R3 is C 6 alkyl. In certain embodiments, R4 is, at each occurrence, independently hydrogen. In other embodiments, R4 is methyl. In yet other embodiments, R 4 is -C(=NH)NH 2 , and in other embodiments, R4 is -Z-L-NHC(=NH)NH 2 . In still other embodiments, R4 is -[C(=O)CHR'NH]mH. Z is -C(=O)- in one embodiment and Z is a direct bond in another embodiment. R'is a side chain of a naturally occurring amino acid. In some embodiments R' is a one- or two-carbon homolog of a side chain of a naturally occurring amino acid.
m is and integer from 1to 6. m may be 1. m may be 2 m may be 3 m may be 4 m may be 5 m may be 6 In some embodiments, R5 is, at each occurrence, independently hydrogen, methyl or an electron pair. In some embodiments, R5 is hydrogen. In other embodiments, R 5 is methyl. In yet other embodiments, R5 is an electron pair. In some embodiments, R6 is, at each occurrence, independently hydrogen or methyl. In some embodiments, R6 is hydrogen. In other embodiments, R6 is methyl. In other embodiments, R7 is, at each occurrence, independently hydrogen
C1-C6 alkyl or C 2 -C 6 alkoxyalkyl. In some embodiments R7 is hydrogen. In other embodiments, R7 is C1-C 6 alkyl. In yet other embodiments, R7 is C 2 -C 6 alkoxyalkyl. In some embodiments, R7 is methyl. In other embodiments, R7 is ethyl. In yet other embodiments, R7 is n-propyl or isopropyl. In some other embodiments, R7 is C 4 alkyl. In some embodiments, R 7 is C 5 alkyl. In some embodiments, R 7 is C 6 alkyl. In yet other embodiments, R7 is C 2 alkoxyalkyl. In some other embodiments, R7 is C3 alkoxyalkyl. In yet other embodiments, R7 is C 4 alkoxyalkyl. In some embodiments, R7 is C5 alkoxyalkyl. In other embodiments, R7 is C 6 alkoxyalkyl.
The linker group L, as noted above, contains bonds in its backbone selected from alkyl (e.g. -CH 2-CH2 -), alkoxy (e.g., -C-0-C-), and alkylamino (e.g. CH2-NH-), with the proviso that the terminal atoms in L (e.g., those adjacent to carbonyl or nitrogen) are carbon atoms. Although branched linkages (e.g. -CH 2 CHCH3-) are possible, the linker is generally unbranched. In one embodiment, the linker is a hydrocarbon linker. Such a linker may have the structure (CH 2)-, where n is 1-12, preferably 2-8, and more preferably 2-6. Oligomers having any number of linkage type (A) are provided. In some embodiments, the oligomer contains no linkages of type (A). In certain embodiments, 5, 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80 or 90 percent of the linkages are linkage (A). In selected embodiments, 10 to 80, 20 to 80, 20 to 60, 20 to 50, 20 to 40, or 20 to 35 percent of the linkages are linkage (A). In still other embodiments, each linkage is type (A).
2. Linkage (B) In some embodiments, the oligomers comprise at least one linkage of type (B). For example the oligomers may comprise 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 or more linkages of type (B). The type (B) linkages may be adjacent or may be interspersed throughout the oligomer. Linkage type (B) has the following structure (I):
5'
(I) or a salt or isomer thereof, wherein:
W is, at each occurrence, independently S or 0; X is, at each occurrence, independently -NR8R9 or -OR; and Y is, at each occurrence, independently 0 or -NR °, R3 is, at each occurrence, independently hydrogen or C1-C6 alkyl; R8 is, at each occurrence, independently hydrogen or C2-C12 alkyl; R9 is, at each occurrence, independently hydrogen, C1-C 12 alkyl, C1-C12 aralkyl or aryl; R1 0 is, at each occurrence, independently hydrogen, C1 -C 12 alkyl or -LNR 4 R5 R7; wherein R8 and R9 may join to form a 5-18 membered mono or bicyclic heterocycle or R 8, R9 or R3 may join with R1 0 to form a 5-7 membered heterocycle, and wherein when X is 4-piperazino, X has the following structure (III):
R 12
R1 1 - R 12
wherein:
R" is, at each occurrence, independently C 2 -C 12 alkyl, C1 -C 12 aminoalkyl, C 1 -C 1 2 alkylcarbonyl, aryl, heteroaryl or heterocyclyl; R is, at each occurrence, independently an electron pair, hydrogen or C1
C 1 2 alkyl; and
R12 is, at each occurrence, independently, hydrogen, C-C 12 alkyl, C1 -C 12
aminoalkyl, -NH 2 , -CONH 2 , -NR1R1, -NR1R1R1, C 1-C 12 alkylcarbonyl, oxo, -CN, trifluoromethyl, amidyl, amidinyl, amidinylalkyl, amidinylalkylcarbonyl guanidinyl, guanidinylalkyl, guanidinylalkylcarbonyl, cholate, deoxycholate, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocycle, -SR 1 3 or CI-C1 alkoxy, wherein R1 3 , R1 4 and R1 5 are, at each occurrence, independently CI-Ci alkyl. In some examples, the oligomer comprises one linkage of type (B). In some other embodiments, the oligomer comprises two inkages of type (B). In some other embodiments, the oligomer comprises three linkages of type (B). In some other embodiments, the oligomer comprises four linkages of type (B). In still other embodiments, the linkages of type (B) are consecutive (i.e., the type (B) linkages are adjacent to each other). In further embodiments, at least 5% of the linkages in the oligomer are type (B); for example in some embodiments, 5%-95%, 10% to 90%, 10% to 50%, or 10% to 35% of the linkages may be linkage type (B). In other embodiments, R3 is, at each occurrence, independently hydrogen or C 1 -C 6 alkyl. In yet other embodiments, R3 may be methyl. In some embodiments, R3 may be ethyl. In some other embodiments, R3 may be n-propyl or isopropyl. In yet other embodiments, R3 may be C 4 alkyl. In some embodiments, R3 may be C5 alkyl. In some embodiments, R 3 may be C 6 alkyl. In some embodiments, R8 is, at each occurrence, independently hydrogen or C 2 -C 12 alkyl. In some embodiments, R 8 is hydrogen. In yet other embodiments, R 8is ethyl. In some other embodiments, R8 is n-propyl or isopropyl. In some embodiments, R 8 is C 4 alkyl. In yet other embodiments, R 8 is C 5 alkyl. In other embodiments, R 8is C 6 alkyl. In some embodiments, R 8 is C7 alkyl. In yet other embodiments, R 8is C 8 alkyl. In other embodiments, R 8 is C 9 alkyl. In yet other embodiments, R 8is Cio alkyl. In some other embodiments, R 8 is C alkyl. In yet other embodiments, R 8 is C1 alkyl. In some other embodiments, R8 is C 2 -Ci alkyl and the
C 2 -C 12 alkyl includes one or more double bonds (e.g., alkene), triple bonds (e.g., alkyne) or both. In some embodiments, R8 is unsubstitutedC 2-C1 2 alkyl. In some embodiments, R 9 is, at each occurrence, independently hydrogen,C 1-C 12 alkyl,CI-C 12 aralkylor aryl. In some embodiments, R9 is hydrogen. In yet other embodiments, R9 isC1 -C 12 alkyl. In other embodiments, R9 is methyl. In yet other embodiments, R9 is ethyl. In some other embodiments, R9 is n-propyl or isopropyl. In some embodiments, R9 isC 4 alkyl. In some embodiments, R9 isC5 alkyl. In yet other embodiments, R9 isC6 alkyl. In some other embodiments, R9 is C 7 alkyl. In some embodiments, R 9 is Cs alkyl. In some embodiments, R9 is C 9 alkyl. In some other embodiments, R9 is Cio alkyl. In some other embodiments, R 9 is C1 alkyl. In yet other embodiments, R9 isC 12 alkyl. In some other embodiments, R9 is C1 -C 12 aralkyl. For example, n some embodiments R9 is benzyl and the benzyl may be optionally substituted on either the phenyl ring or the benzylic carbon. Substituents in this regards include alkyl and alkoxy groups, for example methyl or methoxy. In some embodiments, the benzyl group is substituted with methyl at the benzylic carbon. For example, in some embodiments, R9 has the following structure (XIV): CH 3 R 16
R 16
(XIV) In other embodiments, R9 is aryl. For example, in some embodiments R9 is phenyl, and the phenyl may be optionally substituted. Substituents in this regard substitutuents include alkyl and alkoxy groups, for example methyl or methoxy. In other embodiments, R9 is phenyl and the phenyl comprises a crown ether moiety, for example a 12-18 membered crown ether. In one embodiment the crown ether is 18 membered and may further comprise and additional phenyl moiety. For example, in one embodiment R9 has one of the following structures (XV) or XVI):
X 0 R 16 : 00
R6 or
(XV) (XVI) In some embodiments, RI °is, at each occurrence, independently hydrogen, C 1-C 12 alkyl or -LNR 4R 5R7, wherein R4, R 5and R7 are as defined above with respect to linkage (A). In other embodiments, RI° is hydrogen. In other embodiments, RI° is C 1-C 12 alkyl, and in other embodimens RI° is -LNR 4 R5R7 . In some embodiments, RI° is methyl. In yet other embodiments, RI° is ethyl. In some embodiments, RI° is C 3 alkyl. In some embodiments, RI° is C 4 alkyl. In yet other embodiments, RI° is C5 alkyl. In some other embodiments, RI° is C6 alkyl. In other embodiments, RI° is C 7 alkyl. In yet other embodiments, RI °is Cs alkyl. In some embodiments, RI °is C 9 alkyl. In other embodiments, RI° is CIO alkyl. In yet other embodiments, RI° is C1 alkyl. In some other embodiments, RI° is C 12 alkyl. In some embodiments, R 8 and R9 join to form a 5-18 membered mono or bicyclic heterocycle. In some embodiments the heterocycle is a 5 or 6 membered monocyclic heterocycle. For example, in some embodiments linkage (B) has the following structure (IV):
3 N Z Y Z
5'
wherein Z represents a 5 or 6 membered monocyclic heterocycle. In other embodiments, heterocycle is bicyclic, for example a 12 membered bicyclic heterocycle. The heterocycle may be piperizinyl. The heterocycle may be morpholino. The heterocycle may be piperidinyl. The heterocycle may be decahydroisoquinoline. Representative heterocycles include the following:
R12 R12 R12 R R1
N N- R N- 0 - N-
R12 ; R12 ; R12 12 ;and
R 12 1 R 12
R 1N-
R12
In some embodiments, R" is, at each occurrence, independently C 2 -C1 2 alkyl, C1 -C 12 aminoalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl or heterocyclyl. In some embodiments, R" is C 2 -C 12 alkyl. In some embodiments, R" is ethyl. In other embodiments, R1 1 is C 3 alkyl. In yet other embodiments, R 1 is isopropyl. In some other embodiments, R" is C 4 alkyl. In other embodiments, R" is
C5 alkyl. In some embodiments, R1 1 is C6 alkyl. In other embodiments, R 1 is C 7 alkyl. In some embodiments, R" is Cs alkyl. In other embodiments, R" is C 9 alkyl. In yet other embodiments, R" is Cio alkyl. In some other embodiments, R" is C1 alkyl. In some embodiments, R" is C 1 2 alkyl. In other embodiments, R" is C1 -C 12 aminoalkyl. In some embodiments, R1 1 is methylamino. In some embodiments, R1 1 is ethylamino. In other embodiments, R" is C 3 aminoalkyl. In yet other embodiments, R" is C 4 aminoalkyl. In some other embodiments, R" is C 5 aminoalkyl. In other embodiments, R" is C 6 aminoalkyl. In yet other embodiments, R" is C 7 aminoalkyl. In some embodiments, R" is Cs aminoalkyl. In other embodiments, R" is C 9 aminoalkyl. In yet other embodiments, R1 1 is C 1 0 aminoalkyl. In some other embodiments, R1 1 is C aminoalkyl. In other embodiments, R" is C 12 aminoalkyl.
In other embodiments, R" is C1 -C 12 alkylcarbonyl. In yet other embodiments, R" is C1 alkylcarbonyl. In other embodiments, R" is C 2 alkylcarbonyl. In some embodiments, R" is C 3 alkylcarbonyl. In yet other embodiments, R is C4 alkylcarbonyl. In some embodiments, R" is C5 alkylcarbonyl. In some other embodiments, R" is C6 alkylcarbonyl. In other embodiments, R" isC 7 alkylcarbonyl. In yet other embodiments, R" is Cs alkylcarbonyl. In some embodiments, R" is C 9 alkylcarbonyl. In yet other embodiments, R" is C1 0 alkylcarbonyl. In some other embodiments, R" is C1 alkylcarbonyl. In some embodiments, R" is C 12 alkylcarbonyl. In yet other embodiments, R" is -C(=O)(CH 2) CO 1 2H, where n is I to 6.
For example, in some embodiments, n is 1. In other embodiments, n is 2. In yet other embodiments, n is 3. In some other embodiments, n is 4. In yet other embodiments, n is 5. In other embodiments, n is 6. In other embodiments, R" is aryl. For example, in some embodiments, R1 1 is phenyl. In some embodiments, the phenyl is substituted, for example with a nitro group. In other embodiments, R" is heteroaryl. For example, in some embodiments, R" is pyridinyl. In other embodiments, R" is pyrimidinyl. In other embodiments, R" is heterocyclyl. For example, in some embodiments, R" is piperidinyl, for example piperidin-4-yl. In some embodiments, R" is ethyl, isopropyl, piperidinyl, pyrimidinyl, cholate, deoxycholate, or -C(=O)(CH 2) CO 1 2H, where n is 1 to 6.
In some embodiments, R is an electron pair. In other embodiments, R is hydrogen, and in other embodiments R isCI-C 1 2 alkyl. In some embodiments, R is methyl. In some embodiments, R is ethyl. In other embodiments, R isC 3 alkyl. In yet other embodiments, R is isopropyl. In some other embodiments, R isC 4 alkyl. In yet other embodiments, R isC 5 alkyl. In some embodiments, R isC6 alkyl. In other embodiments, RisC 7 alkyl. In yet other embodiments, R is CS alkyl. In other embodiments, R is C 9 alkyl. In some embodiments, R is C1 0 alkyl. In yet other embodiments, R is C Ialkyl. In some embodiments, R isC 12 alkyl. In some embodiments, R is, at each occurrence, independently, hydrogen,CI-C 12 alkyl,CI-C 12 aminoalkyl, -NH 2 , -CONH 2 ,-NR 13 R 14 , -NR 13 R14 R15 oxo, -CN, trifluoromethyl, amidyl, amidinyl, amidinylalkyl, amidinylalkylcarbonyl guanidinyl, guanidinylalkyl, guanidinylalkylcarbonyl, cholate, deoxycholate, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocycle, -SR 1 3 or CI-C1 alkoxy, wherein R1 3 , R1 4 and R" are, at each occurrence, independently C1 -C alkyl In some embodiments, R1 2 is hydrogen. In some embodiments, R1 2 is CI-C 1 alkyl. In some embodiments, R is C1 -C 1 aminoalkyl. In some embodiments, R1 is -NH 2 . In some embodiments, R is -CONH 2 . In some embodiments, R is 2 -NR1R4. In some embodiments, R 1is -NR1R1R. In some embodiments, R is C1
C 1 2 alkylcarbonyl. In some embodiments, R 1 2is oxo. In some embodiments, R1 2 is CN. In some embodiments, R1 2 is trifluoromethyl. In some embodiments, R1 2 is amidyl. In some embodiments, R1 2 is amidinyl. In some embodiments, R1 2 is amidinylalkyl. In some embodiments, R is amidinylalkylcarbonyl. In some embodiments, R 1 2 is guanidinyl, for example mono methylguanidynyl or dimethylguanidinyl. In some embodiments, R1 2 is guanidinylalkyl. In some embodiments, R 1 2 is amidinylalkylcarbonyl. In some embodiments, R1 2 is cholate. In some embodiments, R 1 2is deoxycholate. In some embodiments, R1 2 is aryl. In some embodiments, R 1 2is heteroaryl. In some embodiments, R1 2 is heterocycle. In some embodiments, R 1 2is -SR 1 3. In some embodiments, R1 2 is C1 -C 1 alkoxy. In some embodiments, R1 2 is dimethyl amine. In other embodiments, R1 2 is methyl. In yet other embodiments, R1 2 is ethyl. In some embodiments, R is C3 alkyl. In some embodiments, R is isopropyl. In some embodiments, R 1 2 is C 4 alkyl. In other embodiments, R 1 2 is C 5 alkyl. In yet other embodiments, R 1 2is C 6 alkyl. In some other embodiments, R 1 2 is C 7 alkyl. In 12 some embodiments, R is Cs alkyl. In yet other embodiments, R12 is C 9 alkyl. In some embodiments, R 1 2 is CI alkyl. In yet other embodiments, R1 2 is C1 alkyl. In other embodiments, R 1 2 is C 1 2 alkyl. In yet other embodiments, the alkyl moiety is substituted with one or more oxygen atom to form an ether moiety, for example a methoxymethyl moiety. In some embodiments, R 1 2 is methylamino. In other embodiments, R1 is ethylamino. In yet other embodiments, R1 2 is C 3 aminoalkyl. In some embodiments, R1 is C 4 aminoalkyl. In yet other embodiments, R is C5 aminoalkyl. In some other embodiments, R 1 2is C6 aminoalkyl. In some embodiments, R1 2 is C7 aminoalkyl. In some embodiments, R 1 2 is Cs aminoalkyl. In yet other embodiments, R1 2 is C 9 aminoalkyl. In some other embodiments, R1 2 is CIO aminoalkyl. In yet other embodiments, R 1 2is C Iaminoalkyl. In other embodiments, R1 2 is C1 2 aminoalkyl. In some embodiments, the amino alkyl is a dimethylamino alkyl. In yet other embodiments, R1 2 is acetyl. In some other embodiments, R1 is C 2 alkylcarbonyl. In some embodiments, R 12 is C 3 alkylcarbonyl. In yet other embodiments, R 1 2 is C4 alkylcarbonyl. In some embodiments, R12 is C5 alkylcarbonyl. In yet other embodiments, R1 2 is C6 alkylcarbonyl. In some other embodiments, R1 2 is
C 7 alkylcarbonyl. In some embodiments, R 1 2 is Cs alkylcarbonyl. In yet other embodiments, R 1 2 is C9 alkylcarbonyl. In some other embodiments, R1 2 is CO alkylcarbonyl. In some embodiments, R is C Ialkylcarbonyl. In other embodiments, R is C1 2 alkylcarbonyl. The alkylcarbonyl is substituted with a carboxy moiety, for example the alkylcarbonyl is substituted to form a succinic acid moiety (i.e., a 3 carboxyalkylcarbonyl). In other embodiments, the alkylcarbonyl is substituted with a terminal -SH group. In some embodiments, R 1 2 is amidyl. In some embodiments, the amidyl comprises an alkyl moiety which is further substituted, for example with -SH, carbamate, or combinations thereof. In other embodiments, the amidyl is substituted with an aryl moiety, for example phenyl. In certain embodiments, R1 2 may have the following structure (IX):
R 16
6 R1 Ri1
wherein R1 6 is, at each occurrence, independently hydrogen, C-C alkyl, C-CI2 alkoxy, -CN, aryl or heteroaryl. In some embodiments, R 1 2 is methoxy. In other embodiments, R is ethoxy. In yet other embodiments, R is C 3 alkoxy. In some embodiments, R is C 4 alkoxy. In some embodiments, R1 2 is C 5 alkoxy. In some other embodiments, R is C6 alkoxy. In other embodiments, R1 2 is C 7 alkoxy. In some other embodiments, R1 2 is C alkoxy. In some embodiments, R1 2 is C 9 alkoxy. In other embodiments, R1 2 is CO alkoxy. In some embodiments, R1 2 is C alkoxy. In yet other embodiments, R is C1 2 alkoxy. In certain embodiments, R1 2 is pyrrolidinyl, for example pyrrolidin-1-yl. In other embodiments, R1 2 is piperidinyl, for example piperidin-1-yl or piperidin-4-yl. In other embodiment, R1 2 is morpholino, for example morpholin-4-yl. In other embodiments, R 1 2 is phenyl, and in even further embodiments, the phenyl is substituted, for example with a nitro group. In still other embodiments, R1 2 is pyrimidinyl, for example pyrimidin-2-yl. In other embodiments, R, R1 4 and R" are, at each occurrence, independently Ci-C 12 alkyl. In some embodiments, R1, R1 or R is methyl. In yet other embodiments, R1, R1 or R is ethyl. In other embodiments, R1, R1 or R is C 3 alkyl. In yet other embodiments, R1, R1 or R is isopropyl. In other embodiments, 13 14 15 13 14 15 R ,R or R is C 4 alkyl. In some embodiments, R , R or R is C5 alkyl. In some other embodiments, R1, R1 or R is C 6 alkyl. In other embodiments, R1, R1 or R is C 7 alkyl. In yet other embodiments, R1, R or R1 5 is Cs alkyl. In other embodiments, 13 14 15 13 14 15 R ,R or R is C 9 alkyl. In some embodiments, R , R or R is Cio alkyl. In some embodiments, R1, R1 or R is C Ialkyl. In yet other embodiments, R1, R1 or R is
C 12 alkyl. As noted above, in some embodiments, R1 2 is amidyl substituted with an aryl moiety. In this regard, each occurrence of R1 6 may be the same or differerent. In certain of these embodiments, R 16 is hydrogen. In other embodiments, R 1 6 is -CN. In other embodiments, R 1 6 is heteroaryl, for example tretrazolyl. In certain other embodiments, R 1 6is methoxy. In other embodiments, R 1 6 is aryl, and the aryl is optionally substituted. Optional substitutents in this regard include: Ci-C1 2 alkyl, C C 1 2 alkoxy, for example methoxy; trifluoromethoxy; halo, for example chloro; and trifluoromethyl. In other embodiments, R1 6 is methyl. In yet other embodiments, R1 6 is ethyl. In some embodiments, R1 6 is C3 alkyl. In some other embodiments, R1 6 is isopropyl. In yet other embodiments, R1 6 is C 4 alkyl. In other embodiments, R1 6 is C5 alkyl. In yet other embodiments, R1 6 is C6 alkyl. In some other embodiments, R1 6 is C 7 alkyl. In some embodiments, R1 6 is Cs alkyl. In yet other embodiments, R1 6 is C 9 alkyl.
In some other embodiments, R1 6 is CIO alkyl. In other embodiments, R1 6 is C alkyl. In some other embodiments, R16 is C 12 alkyl. In some embodiments, R1 6 is methoxy. In some embodiments, R1 6 is ethoxy. In yet other embodiments, R1 6 is C 3 alkoxy. In some other embodiments, R1 6 is C 4 alkoxy. In other embodiments, R1 6 is C5 alkoxy. In some other embodiments, R1 6 is
C 6 alkoxy. In yet other embodiments, R1 6 is C 7 alkoxy. In some other embodiments, R1 6 is Cs alkoxy. In yet other embodiments, R1 6 is C 9 alkoxy. In some other embodiments, R 1 6 is CIO alkoxy. In some embodiments, R1 6 is C 1 alkoxy. In some other embodiments, R1 6 is C 12 alkoxy. In some other embodiments, R 8 and R9 join to form a 12-18 membered crown ether. For example, in some embodiments, the crown ether s 18 membered, and in other embodiments the crown ether is 15 membered. In certain embodiments, R8 and R9 join to form a heterocycle having one of the following structures (X) or (XI): 0
Io moor O
(X) (XI) In some embodiments, R8, R9 or R3 join with R to form a 5-7
membered heterocycle. For example, in some embodiments, R3 joins with RI °to form a 5-7 membered heterocycle. In some embodiments, the heterocycle is 5-membered. In other embodiments, the heterocycle is 6-membered. In other embodiments, the heterocycle is 7-memebered. In some embodiments, the heterocycle is represented by the following structure (XII):
R12 W O
Z' / 3' N
R12
5'
wherein Z' represents a 5-7 membered heterocycle. In certain embodiments of structure (XI), R 1 2 is hydrogen at each occurrence. For example, linkage (B) may have one of the following structures (B1), (B2) or (B3): O 3' / 3' o 3'
O N ' N 5' N 5
; )or (B1) (B2) (B3)
In certain other embodiments, R is CI-C1 2 alkylcarbonyl or amidyl which is further substituted with an arylphosphoryl moiety, for example a triphenyl phosporyl moiety. Examples of linkages having this structure include B56 and B55. In certain embodiment, linkage (B) does not have any of the the structures Al-A5. Table 2 shows representative linkages of type (A) and (B).
Table 2. Representative Intersubunit Linkages
No. Name Structure
0
N 3' Al PMO 0
5'
0
PMOm (unprotonated HN 3 A2 form depicted) 5
0
PMO+ N~7 2N A3 H2N0
5
0
PMOmePip N A4 N (m+)
5
*NH 2
H 2N 0 N A5 PMOGU H N N 7%
0
5'
No. Name Structure
0 3'
BI PMOCPS0 N--/5
0 3'
B2 PMOCpr 0" Ne5
0 0 H 0
B4 PMO 3 0 5 N 0 H SH 5'
0
pMOmorholino B5 0
5'
0 00 PMOlri N~7 B6 N 0 (t) 0 H
0\ 5'
No. Name Structure
PMOhexN B70 (h) 5
5'
B8 PMOdodec 3-, B811
5'
B9 PMOdihex 0~7
5'
0
BiGap 2 N 0I BIO ~(a) HN- ', 5'
0
PMOPYr - 111 Bli 0
5'
0
B12y NO 0 11 B2 (HCl Salt) 0C
5'
No. Name Structure
0
NH B13 PMOrba A 3'
5'
0 N B14 PMOsba 3
5'
0
B15 PMOdimethylapn N3'
5'
0
N B16 PMoetiP N 0
5'
0
N B17 PMOiprpip N 0 3
5'
No. Name Structure
0
B8 PMOPYrQMe 3'7
5'
0 NC 0I
B19 OP b / H N- 0
5'
B20 PM3n N7 /0
5'
0
B21 PMObU 0
5,
0
00
5'
No. Name Structure
0
B23 PMON N __GN0 A3'
5' 00
B24 PMO N' 3' O\ H F3 \ 0
5'
F3C O0
B25 PMO N N 3' H
5'
C6
F3C00
B26 PMO° NN , 3
5'
No. Name Structure
F 3C---O
0 B27 PMO N 3
5'
B28 PMOdeb N O
0 0 5'
O0
O B29 PMOdm
N 3'
5'
B30 PMOhy /0 N/A3
5'
No. Name Structure
0r-\O 00
N 0'
00 0
/o3,
5,
0
B32 PM~ /N 0"
5,
0
B34
0
0I 2
5,
No. Name Structure
0 0 0
B36 Pmo 4ce 0O 3'P 00
5'
0
B37 1 -0M~e 0 0 5'
00
-G 5'
B38 PMOCYP NC 0
5'
0
B39 PMOCYP N 0
00
5'
No. Name Structure
0
N f--N7F B41 aMP
5'
0
B42 PMOdmepip N A 3
0,
B43 MONP1P / NN
5'
0
B44 PMObiPP N0
5'
O 0
B44 PMOsUC HO N __j 0 3
5'
0 0 HO[-\
46 ~ lutri 0N 3a
0 J 5,
No. Name Structure
0 B47 pMOtet N 3 00
5,
0 SH
PMOhiol N B48 (H N 0 3' (SH) 0
5,
~~~0 0
B49 PMOPros 3'7 0
5,
0 - 0
B0 PMOPror N~7 B50 30
5,
0
B51 PMOt-rNe 0
5,
No. Name Structure
0
B2 PMOca CA-N 0
' CA =Cholate
0
B5 MOdca N 3N B53 p ~~ dCA \-J 0,
dCA = Deoxycholate 5i
0 p~ogua,,NH POlnH2 N-- N7 3 B54 N_- 0 (g) H
5'
0
0 r-N - 1$1
00
B56 PMOaPnhos /
f 5'
In the sequences and discussion that follows, the above names for the linkages are often used. For example, a base comprising a PMOaPI linkage is illustrated as aPnB, where B is a base. Other linkages are designated similarily. In addition, abbreviated designations may be used, for example, the abbreviated designations in parenthses above may be used (e.g., aB, refers toaPnB). Other readily identifiable abbreviations may also be used.
B. Oligomers with Modified Terminal Groups In addition to the carrier peptide, the conjugate may also comprise an oligomer comprising modified terminal groups. Applicants have found that modification of the 3' and/or 5' end of the oligomer with various chemical moieties provides beneficial therapeutic properties (e.g., enhanced cell delivery, potency, and/or tissue distribution, etc.) to the conjugates. In various embodiments, the modified terminal groups comprise a hydrophobic moiety, while in other embodiments the modified terminal groups comprise a hydrophilic moiety. The modified terminal groups may be present with or without the linkages described above. For example, in some embodiments, the oligomers to which the carrier peptide is conjugated comprise one or more modified terminal groups and linkages of type (A), for example linkages wherein X is -N(CH 3)2 . In other embodiments, the oligomers comprise one or more modified terminal group and linkages of type (B), for example linkages wherein X is 4 aminopiperidin-1-yl (i.e., APN). In yet other embodiments, the oligomers comprise one or more modified terminal group and a mixture of linkages (A) and (B). For example, the oligomers may comprise one or more modified terminal group (e.g., trityl or triphenyl acetyl) and linkages wherein X is -N(CH3 )2 and linkages wherein X is 4 aminopiperidin-1-yl. Other combinations of modified terminal groups and modified linkages also provide favorable therapeutic properties to the oligomers. In one embodiment, the oligomers comprising terminal modifications have the following structure (XVII):
R19 5'terminus
O Pi
W=P-X P
Y- Ix 0 Pi
N W=P
R17 R18 3'terminus
or a salt or isomer thereof, wherein X, W and Y are as defined above for any of linkages (A) and (B) and: R1 7 is, at each occurrence, independently absent, hydrogen or C1-C6 alkyl; R1 8 and R1 9 are, at each occurrence, independently absent, hydrogen, the carrier peptide, a natural or non-natural amino acid, C 2-C 30 alkylcarbonyl , -C(=0)OR2 or R20
R20 is, at each occurrence, independently guanidinyl, heterocyclyl, C1
C 30 alkyl, C 3-Cs cycloalkyl; C-C 30 aryl, C 7-C 30 aralkyl, C 3-C 30 alkylcarbonyl, C 3-C
cycloalkylcarbonyl, C 3-Cs cycloalkylalkylcarbonyl, C 7-C 30 arylcarbonyl, C 7-C 30 aralkylcarbonyl, C 2-C 30 alkyloxycarbonyl, C 3-CS cycloalkyloxycarbonyl, C 7-C 30
aryloxycarbonyl, Cs-C 3 0aralkyloxycarbonyl, or -P(=0)(R2)2; Pi is independently, at each occurrence, a base-pairing moiety; L' is an optional linker up to 18 atoms in length comprising bonds selected from alkyl, hydroxyl, alkoxy, alkylamino, amide, ester, disulfide, carbonyl, carbamate, phosphorodiamidate, phosphoroamidate, phosphorothioate, piperazine and phosphodiester; and x is an integer of 0 or greater; and wherein at least one of R" or R" is
R20; and wherein at least one of R1 or R19 is R2 0 and provided that both of R1 7 and R18 are not absent. The oligomers with modified terminal groups may comprise any number of linkages of types (A) and (B). For example, the oligomers may comprise only linkage type (A). For example, X in each linkage may be -N(CH 3) 2 . Alternatively, the oligomers may only comprise linkage (B). In certain embodiments, the oligomers comprise a mixture of linkages (A) and (B), for example from 1 to 4 linkages of type (B) and the remainder of the linkages being of type (A). Linkages in this regard include, but are not limited to, linkages wherein X is aminopiperidinyl for type (B) and dimethyl amino for type (A). In some embodiments, R 1 7 is absent. In some embodiments, R1 7 is hydrogen. In some embodiments, R1 7 is C 1-C 6 alkyl. In some embodiments, R is methyl. In yet other embodiments, R1 7 is ethyl. In some embodiments, R1 7 is C 3 alkyl. In some other embodiments, R1 7 is isopropyl. In other embodiments, R is C 4 alkyl. In yet other embodiments, R1 7 is C 5 alkyl. In some other embodiments, R1 7 is C 6 alkyl. In other embodiments, R1 8 is absent. In some embodiments, R1 8 is
hydrogen. In some embodiments, R18 is the carrier peptide. In some embodiments, R18 is a natural or non-natural amino acid, for example trimethylglycine. In some embodiments, R18 is R20 In other embodiments, R1 9 is absent. In some embodiments, R1 9 is
hydrogen. In some embodiments, R19 is the carrier peptide. In some embodiments, R19 is a natural or non-natural amino acid, for example trimethylglycine. In some 197 embodiments, R19 is-C(=0)OR", for example R19 may have the following structure:
0
In other embodiments R" or R" isC 2 -C 3 0 alkylcarbonyl, for example C(=O)(CH 2)CO 2 H, where n is 1to 6, for example 2. In other examples, Rs 8or R19 is acetyl. In some embodiments, R20 is, at each occurrence, independently guanidinyl, heterocyclyl,C-C 30 alkyl,C 3 -Cs cycloalkyl;C6 -C 30 aryl,C 7 -C 30 aralkyl,C 3 C 3 0 alkylcarbonyl,C 3-Cscycloalkylcarbonyl,C 3-Cscycloalkylalkylcarbonyl,C6 -C 3 0 arylcarbonyl,C 7 -C 30 aralkylcarbonyl,C 2-C 3o alkyloxycarbonyl,C 3-CS cycloalkyloxycarbonyl,C 7-C 30 aryloxycarbonyl,CS-C 30 aralkyloxycarbonyl, -C(=0)OR1, or -P(=O)(R2 2 )2,wherein R2 is C1 -C 3 0 alkyl comprising one or more oxygen or hydroxyl moieties or combinations thereof and each R2 2 is C-C12 aryloxy. In certain other embodiments, R19 is -C(=0)OR and R1 8 is hydrogen, guanidinyl, heterocyclyl,C-C 3o alkyl,C 3 -Ccycloalkyl;C6 -C 30 aryl,C 3 -C 3 0 alkylcarbonyl,C 3-C 8 cycloalkylcarbonyl,C 3-C8 cycloalkylalkylcarbonyl,C 7 -C 3 0 arylcarbonyl,C 7 -C 30 aralkylcarbonyl,C 2-C 30 alkyloxycarbonyl,C 3-C8 cycloalkyloxycarbonyl,C 7-C 30 aryloxycarbonyl, C8 -C 3 0 aralkyloxycarbonyl, or -P(=O)(R 2 2) 2 , wherein each R is C-C1 2 aryloxy. In other embodiments, R20 is, at each occurrence, independently guanidinyl, heterocyclyl, C1 -C 30 alkyl, C3 -C cycloalkyl; C-C 30 aryl, C 3 -C 30 alkylcarbonyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkylcarbonyl, C 3 -C8 cycloalkylalkylcarbonyl, C 7 -C 30 arylcarbonyl, C7 -C 3 0 aralkylcarbonyl, C 2 -C 3 0 alkyloxycarbonyl, C 3 -C8 cycloalkyloxycarbonyl, C 7 -C 3 0 aryloxycarbonyl, C8 -C 30 aralkyloxycarbonyl, or -P(=0)(R 2 ) 2 . While in other examples, R is, at each occurrence, independently guanidinyl, heterocyclyl, C1-C 3o alkyl, C3 -C8 cycloalkyl; C-C 30 aryl, C 7 -C 30 aralkyl, C 3 C 8 cycloalkylcarbonyl, C 3 -C8 cycloalkylalkylcarbonyl, C7 -C 30 arylcarbonyl, C 7 -C 30 aralkylcarbonyl, C 2 -C 3 0 alkyloxycarbonyl, C 3 -C8 cycloalkyloxycarbonyl, C 7 -C 3 0 aryloxycarbonyl, C-C 3 oaralkyloxycarbonyl, or -P(=0)(R2)2. In some embodiments R20 is guanidinyl, for example mono methylguanidynyl or dimethylguanidinyl. In other embodiments, R20 is heterocyclyl. For example, in some embodiments, R20 is piperidin-4-yl. In some embodiments, the piperidin-4-yl is substituted with trityl or Boc groups. In other embodiments, R20 is C 3
C 8 cycloalkyl. In other embodiments, R20 is C 6-C 30 aryl.
In some embodiments, R20 is C 7 -C 3 0 arylcarbonyl. For example, In some embodiments, R20 has the following structure (XVIII): 0 23 R
R23
R23
wherein R2 3 is, at each occurrence, independently hydrogen, halo,C-C 3 0 alkyl,C-C 30 alkoxy,C 1-C 30 alkyloxycarbonyl,C 7 -C 30 aralkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl or heterocyclalkyl, and wherein one R23 may join with another R2 3 to form a heterocyclyl ring. In some embodiments, at least one R23 is hydrogen, for example, in some embodiments, each R2 3 is hydrogen. In other embodiments, at least one R2 3 is C1 -C 3 0 alkoxy, for example in some embodiments, each R is methoxy. In other embodiments, at least one R 3 is heteroaryl, for example in some embodiments, at least one R2 3 has one of the following structures (XVIIIa) of (XVIIIb): 0 23 0 R
/ N R23 N R 23
or
(XVIIIa) (XVIIIb)
In still other embodiments, one R joins with another R2 3 to form a heterocyclyl ring. For example, in one embodiment, R20 is 5-carboxyfluorescein. In other embodiments, R20 is C 7 -C 3 o aralkylcarbonyl. For example, in various embodiments, R20 has one of the following structures (XIX), (XX) or (XXI):
R2 3 R2 3
R2 R2 3 YM m 0 R23 R 0 R2 3 _
R23R23 R23 R23 or
(XIX) (XX) 23 R
R 0
R23 R23R2
wherein R23 is, at each occurrence, independently hydrogen, halo, C-C 30 alkyl, C-C 30 alkoxy, C 1-C 3 0 alkyloxycarbonyl, C7 -C 3 0 aralkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl or heterocyclalkyl, wherein one R23 may join with another R23 to form a heterocyclyl ring, X is -OH or halo and m is an integer from 0 to 6. In some specific embodiments, m is 0. In other embodimens, m is 1, while in other embodiments, m is 2. In other embodiments, at least one R23 is hydrogen, for example in some embodiments each R2 3 is hydrogen. In some embodiments, X is hydrogen. In other embodiments, X is -OH. In other embodiments, X is Cl. In other embodiments, at least one R is C1 -C 30 alkoxy, for example methoxy. In still other embodiments, R20 is C 7 -C 30 aralkyl, for example trityl. In other embodiments, R20 is methoxy trityl. In some embodiments, R20 has the following structure (XXII):
R23
R 23~'
R 2 3 R23 R 23
wherein R23 is, at each occurrence, independently hydrogen, halo, C-C 30 alkyl, C-C 30 alkoxy, C 1-C 3 0 alkyloxycarbonyl, C7 -C 3 0 aralkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl or heterocyclalkyl, and wherein one R23 may join with another R23 to form a heterocyclyl ring. For example, in some embodiments each R2 3 is hydrogen. In other embodiments, at least one R is CI-C 30 alkoxy, for example methoxy. 20 In yet other embodiments, R20 is C 7 -C 3 0 aralkyl and R has the following structure (XXIII): 23 R
R23
23 R
R23 (XXIII)
In some embodiments, at least one R2 3 is halo, for example chloro. In some other embodiments, one R2 3 is chloro in the para position. In other embodiments, R20 is C1 -C 30 alkyl. For example, In some embodiments, R20 is a C 4 -C 20 alkyl and optionally comprises one or more double bonds. For example, In some embodiments, R20 is a C4 - 10 alkyl comprising a triple bond, for example a terminal triple bond. In some embodiments, R20 is hexyn-6-yl. In some embodiments, R20 has one of the following structures (XXIV), (XXV), (XXVI) or (XXVII):
CH 3
CH 3 CH 3
\CH 3 CH 3 CH 3 H3 C , H3 C . H 3C or 10
In still other embodiments, R20 is a C 3 -C 3 0 alkylcarbonyl, for example a C 3 -C10 alkyl carbonyl. In some embodiments, R20 is -C(=O)(CH 2)pSH or -C(=O)(CH 2)pSSHet, wherein p is an integer from 1to 6 and Het is a heteroaryl. For example, p may be 1 or p may be 2. In other example Het is pyridinyl, for example pyridin-2-yl. In other embodiments, the C 3 -C 30 alkylcarbonyl is substituted with a further oligomer, for example in some embodiments the oligomer comprises a C 3 -C 30 alkyl carbonyl at the 3' position which links the oligomer to the 3' position of another oligomer. Such terminal modifications are included within the scope of the present disclosure. In other embodiments, R20 is a C3 -C 3 0 alkyl carbonyl which is futher substituted with an arylphosphoryl moiety, for example triphenyl phosphoryl. Examples of such R20 groups include structure 33 in Table 3. In other examples, R20 is C 3 -C8 cycloalkylcarbonyl, for example C-C 7 alkyl carbonyl. In these embodiments, R20 has the following structure (XXVIII): 0 23 R
R2 3
(XXVIII) wherein R2 3 is, at each occurrence, independently hydrogen, halo, C 1 -C 3 0 alkyl, C 1 -C 30 alkoxy, C 1-C 3 0 alkyloxycarbonyl, C7 -C 3 0 aralkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl or heterocyclalkyl, and wherein one R may join with another R2 3 to form a heterocyclyl ring. In some embodiments, R2 3 is heterocyclylalkyl, for example in some embodiments R2 3 has the following structure:
0
/ 0 In some other embodiments, R20 is C3 -Cs cycloalkylalkylcarbonyl. In other embodiments, R20 is C 2 -C 3 0 alkyloxycarbonyl. In other embodiments, R20 is C3 Cs cycloalkyloxycarbonyl. In other embodiments, R20 is C 7 -C 3 o aryloxycarbonyl. In other embodiments, R20 is CS-C 3 0 aralkyloxycarbonyl. In other embodiments, R20 is -P(=O)(R 2 2) 2 , wherein each R is C-C 1 2 aryloxy, for example in some embodiments R2 0 has the following structure (C24):
(C24) In other embodiments, R20 comprises one or more halo atoms. For example, in some embodiments R20 comprises a perfluoro analogue of any of the above R20 moieties. In other embodiments, R2 0 is p-trifluoromethylphenyl, trifluoromethyltrityl, perfluoropentyl or pentafluorophenyl. In some embodiments the 3' terminus comprises a modification and in other embodiments the 5' terminus comprises a modification. In other embodiments both the 3' and 5' termini comprise modifications. Accordingly, in some embodiments, R1 8 is absent and R19 is R20. In other embodiments, R19 is absent and R18 is R20. In yet other embodiments, R18 and R19 are each R2 0 .
In some embodiments, the oligomer comprises a cell-penetrating peptide in addition to a 3' or 5' modification. Accordingly, in some embodiments R19 is a cell penetrating peptide and R1 8 is R20 . In other embodiments, R1 8 is a cell-penetrating peptide and R19 is R2 0 . In further embodiments of the foregoing, the cell-penetrating peptide is an arginine-rich peptide. In some embodiments, the linker L' which links the 5'terminal group (i.e., R 1 9) to the oligomer may be present or absent. The linker comprises any number of functional groups and lengths provided the linker retains its ability to link the 5' terminal group to the oligomer and provided that the linker does not interfere with the oligomer's ability to bind to a target sequence in a sequence specific manner. In one embodiment, L comprises phosphorodiamidate and piperazine bonds. For example, in some embodiments L has the following structure (XXIX):
N-P=0
wherein R 2 4 is absent, hydrogen or C1-C6 alkyl. In some embodiments, R24 is absent. In some embodiments, R24 is hydrogen. In some embodiments, R24 is C 1-C 6 alkyl. In some embodiments, R24 is methyl. In other embodiments, R2 4 is ethyl. In yet other embodiments, R24 is C3 alkyl. In some other embodiments, R24 is isopropyl. In yet other embodiments, R24 is C 4 alkyl. In some embodiments, R24 is C 5 alkyl. In yet other embodiments, R2 4 is C6 alkyl. In yet other embodiments, R2 0 is C 3 -C 3o alkylcarbonyl, and R2 0 has the following structure (XXX):
0
R 25" q
(XXX) wherein R2 is hydrogen or -SR2 6 , wherein R2 6 is hydrogen, C1 -C 3 0 alkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl or heteroaryl, and q is an integer from 0 to 6. In further embodiments of any of the above, R2 3 is, at each occurrence, independently hydrogen, halo, CI-C 30 alkyl, CI-C 3 0 alkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl or heterocyclalkyl. In some other embodiments, only the 3' terminus of the oligomer is conjugated to one of the groups noted above. In some other embodiments, only the 5' terminus of the oligomer is conjugated to one of the groups noted above. In other embodiments, both the 3' and 5' termini comprise one of the groups noted above. The terminal group may be selected from any one of the groups noted above or any of the specific groups illustrated in Table 3.
Table 3. Representative Terminal Groups
No. Name Structure
0 H 3CO
C1 Trimethoxybenzoyl H 3CO OCH 3
0
C2 9-fluorene-carboxyl
0
C3 4-carbazolylbenzoyl N
No. Name Structure
0
Ns C4 4-indazolylonebenzoyl N
OO CH 3 CH3
C5 Farnesyl H3C CH 3 CH 3 CH 3
C6 Geranyl H3C CH 3 CH 3
H3 C C7 Prenyl CH 3
0
C8 Diphenylacetyl
0 Cl
C9 Chlorodiphenylacetyl
No. Name Structure
0 OH
C10 Hydroxydiphenylacetyl
C1I Triphenylpropionyl
C12 Triphenylpropyl
C13 Triphenylacetyl
C14 Trityl (Tr)
No. Name Structure
C15 Methoxytrityl (MeOTr)
0
C16 Methylsuccinimidyl cyclohexoyl N
0
C17 Thioacetyl HS
0
C18 COCH2CH2 SSPy N S
H H 2N N C19 Guanidinyl NH
C20 Trimethylglycine 0 NN
C21 Lauroyl 10
0 C22 Triethyleneglycoloyl (EG3)H
No. Name Structure
0
C23 Succinicacetyl HO
0
C24 Diphenylphosphoryl 0 O-P-O
C25 Piperidin-4-yl HN
N C26 Tritylpiperidin-4-yl
C27 Boc- Piperidin-4-yl O N
0
C28 Hexyn-6-yl
0
0 C29 5-carboxyfluorescein 0
HO 0 OH
No. Name Structure
C30 Benzhydryl
C31 p-Chlorobenzhydryl
HN C32 Piperazinyl (pip) N
0
C33 Triphenylphos P
0 NH 2 0 0 0
C34 Dimerized oligo N S H
Oligo = a further oligomer
C. Properties of the Conjugates As noted above, the present disclosure is directed to conjugates of carrier peptides and oligonucleotide analogues (i.e., oligomers). The oligomers may comprise various modifications which impart desirable properties (e.g., increased antisense activity) to the oligomers. In certain embodiments, the oligomer comprises a backbone comprising a sequence of morpholino ring structures joined by intersubunit linkages, the intersubunit linkages joining a 3'-end of one morpholino ring structure to a 5'-end of an adjacent morpholino ring structure, wherein each morpholino ring structure is bound to a base-pairing moiety, such that the oligomer can bind in a sequence-specific manner to a target nucleic acid. The morpholino ring structures may have the following structure (i):
5' O pi
3'
(i) wherein Pi is, at each occurrence, independently a base-pairing moiety. Each morpholino ring structure supports a base pairing moiety (Pi), to form a sequence of base pairing moieties which is typically designed to hybridize to a selected antisense target in a cell or in a subject being treated. The base pairing moiety may be a purine or pyrimidine found in native DNA or RNA (A, G, C, T, or U) or an analog, such as hypoxanthine (the base component of the nucleoside inosine) or 5 methyl cytosine. Analog bases that confer improved binding affinity to the oligomer can also be utilized. Exemplary analogs in this regard include C5-propynyl-modifed pyrimidines, 9-(aminoethoxy)phenoxazine (G-clamp) and the like. As noted above, the oligomer may be modified, in accordance with an aspect of the invention, to include one or more (B) linkages, e.g. up to about 1 per every 2-5 uncharged linkages, typically 3-5 per every 10 uncharged linkages. Certain embodiments also include one or more linkages of type (B). In some embodiments, optimal improvement in antisense activity is seen where up to about half of the backbone linkages are type (B). Some, but not maximum enhancement is typically seen with a small number e.g., 10-20% of (B) linkages. In one embodiment, the linkage types (A) and (B) are interspersed along the backbone. In some embodiments, the oligomer does not have a strictly alternating pattern of (A) and (B) linkages along its entire length. In addition to the carrier peptide, the oligomers may optionally comprise a 5' and/or 3' modification as described above. Also considered are oligomers having blocks of (A) linkages and blocks of (B) linkages; for example, a central block of (A) linkages may be flanked by blocks of (B) linkages, or vice versa. In one embodiment, the oligomer has approximately equal-length 5', 3; and center regions, and the percentage of (B) or (A) linkages in the center region is greater than about 50%, o greater than about 70%. Oligomers for use in antisense applications generally range in length from about 10 to about 40 subunits, more preferably about 15 to 25 subunits. For example, an oligomer of the invention having 19-20 subunits, a useful length for an antisense oligomer, may ideally have two to seven, e.g. four to six, or three to five, (B) linkages, and the remainder (A) linkages. An oligomer having 14-15 subunits may ideally have two to five, e.g. 3 or 4, (B) linkages and the remainder (A) linkages. The morpholino subunits may also be linked by non-phosphorus-based intersubunit linkages, as described further below. Other oligonucleotide analog linkages which are uncharged in their unmodified state but which could also bear a pendant amine substituent can also be used. For example, a 5'nitrogen atom on a morpholino ring could be employed in a sulfamide linkage (or a urea linkage, where phosphorus is replaced with carbon or sulfur, respectively). In some embodiments for antisense applications, the oligomer may be 100% complementary to the nucleic acid target sequence, or it may include mismatches, e.g., to accommodate variants, as long as a heteroduplex formed between the oligomer and nucleic acid target sequence is sufficiently stable to withstand the action of cellular nucleases and other modes of degradation which may occur in vivo. Mismatches, if present, are less destabilizing toward the end regions of the hybrid duplex than in the middle. The number of mismatches allowed will depend on the length of the oligomer, the percentage of G:C base pairs in the duplex, and the position of the mismatch(es) in the duplex, according to well understood principles of duplex stability. Although such an antisense oligomer is not necessarily 100% complementary to the nucleic acid target sequence, it is effective to stably and specifically bind to the target sequence, such that a biological activity of the nucleic acid target, e.g., expression of encoded protein(s), is modulated. The stability of the duplex formed between an oligomer and the target sequence is a function of the binding Tm and the susceptibility of the duplex to cellular enzymatic cleavage. The Tm of an antisense compound with respect to complementary sequence RNA may be measured by conventional methods, such as those described by Hames et al., Nucleic Acid Hybridization, IRL Press, 1985, pp. 1 0 7 - 1 0 8 or as described in Miyada C.G. and Wallace R.B., 1987, Oligonucleotide hybridization techniques, Methods Enzymol. Vol. 154 pp. 94-107. In some embodiments, each antisense oligomer has a binding Tm, with respect to a complementary-sequence RNA, of greater than body temperature or in other embodiments greater than 50°C. In other embodiments Tm's are in the range 60 80°C or greater. According to well known principles, the Tm of an oligomer compound, with respect to a complementary-based RNA hybrid, can be increased by increasing the ratio of C:G paired bases in the duplex, and/or by increasing the length (in base pairs) of the heteroduplex. At the same time, for purposes of optimizing cellular uptake, it may be advantageous to limit the size of the oligomer. For this reason, compounds that show high Tm (50°C or greater) at a length of 20 bases or less are generally preferred over those requiring greater than 20 bases for high Tm values. For some applications, longer oligomers, for example longer than 20 bases may have certain advantages. For example, in certain embodiments longer oligomers may find particular utility for use in exon skippin or splice modulation. The targeting sequence bases may be normal DNA bases or analogues thereof, e.g., uracil and inosine that are capable of Watson-Crick base pairing to target sequence RNA bases. The oligomers may also incorporate guanine bases in place of adenine when the target nucleotide is a uracil residue. This is useful when the target sequence varies across different viral species and the variation at any given nucleotide residue is either cytosine or uracil. By utilizing guanine in the targeting oligomer at the position of variability, the well-known ability of guanine to base pair with uracil (termed C/U:G base pairing) can be exploited. By incorporating guanine at these locations, a single oligomer can effectively target a wider range of RNA target variability.
The compounds (e.g., oligomers, intersubunit linkages, terminal groups) may exist in different isomeric forms, for example structural isomers (e.g., tautomers). With regard to stereoisomers, the compounds may have chiral centers and may occur as racemates, enantiomerically enriched mixtures, individual enantiomers, mixture or diastereomers or individual diastereomers. All such isomeric forms are included within the present invention, including mixtures thereof. The compounds may also possess axial chirality which may result in atropisomers. Furthermore, some of the crystalline forms of the compounds may exist as polymorphs, which are included in the present invention. In addition, some of the compounds may also form solvates with water or other organic solvents. Such solvates are similarly included within the scope of this invention. The oligomers described herein may be used in methods of inhibiting production of a protein or replication of a virus. Accordingly, in one embodiment a nucleic acid encoding such a protein is exposed to an oligomer as disclosed herein. In further embodiments of the foregoing, the antisense oligomer comprises either a 5' or 3' modified terminal group or combinations thereof, as disclosed herein, and the base pairing moieties B form a sequence effective to hybridize to a portion of the nucleic acid at a location effective to inhibit production of the protein. In one embodiment, the location is an ATG start codon region of an mRNA, a splice site of a pre-mRNA, or a viral target sequence as described below. In one embodiment, the oligomer has a Tm with respect to binding to the target sequence of greater than about 50 °C, and it is taken up by mammalian cells or bacterial cells. In another embodiment, the oligomer may be conjugated to a transport moiety, for example an arginine-rich peptide, as described herein to facilitate such uptake. In another embodiment, the terminal modifications described herein can function as a transport moiety to facilitate uptake by mammalian and/or bacterial cells. The preparation and properties of morpholino oligomers is described in more detail below and in U.S. Patent No. 5,185,444 and WO/2009/064471, each of which is hereby incorporated by reference in their entirety.
D. Formulation and Administration of the Coniugates The present disclosure also provides for formulation and delivery of the disclosed conjugate. Accordingly, in one embodiment the present disclosure is directed to a composition comprising a peptide-oligomer conjugate as disclosed herein and a pharmaceutically acceptable vehicle. Effective delivery of the conjugate to the target nucleic acid is an important aspect of treatment. Routes of antisense oligomer delivery include, but are not limited to, various systemic routes, including oral and parenteral routes, e.g., intravenous, subcutaneous, intraperitoneal, and intramuscular, as well as inhalation, transdermal and topical delivery. The appropriate route may be determined by one of skill in the art, as appropriate to the condition of the subject under treatment. For example, an appropriate route for delivery of an antisense oligomer in the treatment of a viral infection of the skin is topical delivery, while delivery of a antisense oligomer for the treatment of a viral respiratory infection is by inhalation. The oligomer may also be delivered directly to the site of viral infection, or to the bloodstream. The conjugate may be administered in any convenient vehicle which is physiologically and/or pharmaceutically acceptable. Such a composition may include any of a variety of standard pharmaceutically acceptable carriers employed by those of ordinary skill in the art. Examples include, but are not limited to, saline, phosphate buffered saline (PBS), water, aqueous ethanol, emulsions, such as oil/water emulsions or triglyceride emulsions, tablets and capsules. The choice of suitable physiologically acceptable carrier will vary dependent upon the chosen mode of administration. The compounds (e.g., conjugates) of the present invention may generally be utilized as the free acid or free base. Alternatively, the compounds of this invention may be used in the form of acid or base addition salts. Acid addition salts of the free amino compounds of the present invention may be prepared by methods well known in the art, and may be formed from organic and inorganic acids. Suitable organic acids include maleic, fumaric, benzoic, ascorbic, succinic, methanesulfonic, acetic, trifluoroacetic, oxalic, propionic, tartaric, salicylic, citric, gluconic, lactic, mandelic, cinnamic, aspartic, stearic, palmitic, glycolic, glutamic, and benzenesulfonic acids. Suitable inorganic acids include hydrochloric, hydrobromic, sulfuric, phosphoric, and nitric acids. Base addition salts included those salts that form with the carboxylate anion and include salts formed with organic and inorganic cations such as those chosen from the alkali and alkaline earth metals (for example, lithium, sodium, potassium, magnesium, barium and calcium), as well as the ammonium ion and substituted derivatives thereof (for example, dibenzylammonium, benzylammonium, 2 hydroxyethylammonium, and the like). Thus, the term "pharmaceutically acceptable salt" of structure (I) is intended to encompass any and all acceptable salt forms. In addition, prodrugs are also included within the context of this invention. Prodrugs are any covalently bonded carriers that release a compound of structure (I) in vivo when such prodrug is administered to a patient. Prodrugs are generally prepared by modifying functional groups in a way such that the modification is cleaved, either by routine manipulation or in vivo, yielding the parent compound. Prodrugs include, for example, compounds of this invention wherein hydroxy, amine or sulfhydryl groups are bonded to any group that, when administered to a patient, cleaves to form the hydroxy, amine or sulfhydryl groups. Thus, representative examples of prodrugs include (but are not limited to) acetate, formate and benzoate derivatives of alcohol and amine functional groups of the compounds of structure (I). Further, in the case of a carboxylic acid (-COOH), esters may be employed, such as methyl esters, ethyl esters, and the like. In some instances, liposomes may be employed to facilitate uptake of the antisense oligonucleotide into cells. (See, e.g., Williams, S.A., Leukemia 10(12):1980 1989, 1996; Lappalainen et al., Antiviral Res. 23:119, 1994; Uhlmann et al., antisense oligonucleotides: a new therapeutic principle, Chemical Reviews, Volume 90, No. 4, pages 544-584, 1990; Gregoriadis, G., Chapter 14, Liposomes, Drug Carriers in Biology and Medicine, pp. 287-341, Academic Press, 1979). Hydrogels may also be used as vehicles for antisense oligomer administration, for example, as described in WO 93/01286. Alternatively, the oligonucleotides may be administered in microspheres or microparticles. (See, e.g., Wu, G.Y. and Wu, C.H., J. Biol. Chem. 262:4429-4432, 1987). Alternatively, the use of gas-filled microbubbles complexed with the antisense oligomers can enhance delivery to target tissues, as described in US Patent No. 6,245,747. Sustained release compositions may also be used. These may include semipermeable polymeric matrices in the form of shaped articles such as films or microcapsules.
In one embodiment, antisense inhibition is effective in treating infection of a host animal by a virus, by contacting a cell infected with the virus with an antisense agent effective to inhibit the replication of the specific virus. The antisense agent is administered to a mammalian subject, e.g., human or domestic animal, infected with a given virus, in a suitable pharmaceutical carrier. It is contemplated that the antisense oligonucleotide arrests the growth of the RNA virus in the host. The RNA virus may be decreased in number or eliminated with little or no detrimental effect on the normal growth or development of the host. In one aspect of the method, the subject is a human subject, e.g., a patient diagnosed as having a localized or systemic viral infection. The condition of a patient may also dictate prophylactic administration of an antisense oligomer of the invention, e.g. in the case of a patient who (1) is immunocompromised; (2) is a bum victim; (3) has an indwelling catheter; or (4) is about to undergo or has recently undergone surgery. In one preferred embodiment, the oligomer is a phosphorodiamidate morpholino oligomer, contained in a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, and is delivered orally. In another preferred embodiment, the oligomer is a phosphorodiamidate morpholino oligomer, contained in a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, and is delivered intravenously (i.v.). In another application of the method, the subject is a livestock animal, e.g., a chicken, turkey, pig, cow or goat, etc, and the treatment is either prophylactic or therapeutic. The invention also includes a livestock and poultry food composition containing a food grain supplemented with a subtherapeutic amount of an antiviral antisense compound of the type described above. Also contemplated is, in a method of feeding livestock and poultry with a food grain supplemented with subtherapeutic levels of an antiviral, an improvement in which the food grain is supplemented with a subtherapeutic amount of an antiviral oligonucleotide composition as described above. In one embodiment, the conjugate is administered in an amount and manner effective to result in a peak blood concentration of at least 200-400 nM antisense oligomer. Typically, one or more doses of antisense oligomer are administered, generally at regular intervals, for a period of about one to two weeks. Preferred doses for oral administration are from about 1-1000 mg oligomer per 70 kg. In some cases, doses of greater than 1000 mg oligomer/patient may be necessary. For i.v. administration, preferred doses are from about 0.5 mg to 1000 mg oligomer per 70 kg. The conjugate may be administered at regular intervals for a short time period, e.g., daily for two weeks or less. However, in some cases the conjugate is administered intermittently over a longer period of time. Administration may be followed by, or concurrent with, administration of an antibiotic or other therapeutic treatment. The treatment regimen may be adjusted (dose, frequency, route, etc.) as indicated, based on the results of immunoassays, other biochemical tests and physiological examination of the subject under treatment. An effective in vivo treatment regimen using the conjugates of the invention may vary according to the duration, dose, frequency and route of administration, as well as the condition of the subject under treatment (i.e., prophylactic administration versus administration in response to localized or systemic infection). Accordingly, such in vivo therapy will often require monitoring by tests appropriate to the particular type of viral infection under treatment, and corresponding adjustments in the dose or treatment regimen, in order to achieve an optimal therapeutic outcome. Treatment may be monitored, e.g., by general indicators of disease and/or infection, such as complete blood count (CBC), nucleic acid detection methods, immunodiagnostic tests, viral culture, or detection of heteroduplex. The efficacy of an in vivo administered antiviral conjugate of the invention in inhibiting or eliminating the growth of one or more types of RNA virus may be determined from biological samples (tissue, blood, urine etc.) taken from a subject prior to, during and subsequent to administration of the antisense oligomer. Assays of such samples include (1) monitoring the presence or absence of heteroduplex formation with target and non-target sequences, using procedures known to those skilled in the art, e.g., an electrophoretic gel mobility assay; (2) monitoring the amount of viral protein production, as determined by standard techniques such as ELISA or Western blotting, or (3) measuring the effect on viral titer, e.g. by the method of Spearman-Karber. (See, for example, Pari, G.S. et al., Antimicrob. Agents and Chemotherapy 39(5):1157-1161, 1995; Anderson, K.P. et al., Antimicrob. Agents and Chemotherapy 40(9):2004-2011, 1996, Cottral, G.E. (ed) in: Manual of Standard Methods for Veterinary Microbiology, pp. 60-93, 1978).
E. Preparation of the Conjugates The morpholino subunits, the modified intersubunit linkages and oligomers comprising the same can be prepared as described in the examples and in U.S. Patent Nos. 5,185,444 and 7,943, 762 which are hereby incorporated by reference in their entirety. The morpholino subunits can be prepared according to the following general Reaction Scheme I.
Reaction Scheme 1. Preparation of Morpholino Subunits
O B 1. NalO4 , MeoH (aq) HO 2. (NH 4)2 B 4O7 HO 3. Borane-triethylamine N 4. Methanolic acid (p-TsOH HO OH or HCI) H H 12
O B || B H 9 8 9 RRN-P-O
ICI O 2 R RN-P-CI 4 HO
N N PG PG 5 3
Referring to Reaction Scheme 1, wherein B represents a base pairing moiety and PG represents a protecting group, the morpholino subunits may be prepared from the corresponding ribinucleoside (1) as shown. The morpholino subunit (2) may be optionally protected by reaction with a suitable protecting group precursor, for example trityl chloride. The 3' protecting group is generally removed during solid-state oligomer synthesis as described in more detail below. The base pairing poiety may be suitable protected for sold phase oligomer synthesis. Suitable protecting groups include benzoyl for adenine and cytosine, phenylacetyl for guanine, and pivaloyloxymethyl for hypoxanthine (I). The pivaloyloxymethyl group can be introduced onto the Ni position of the hypoxanthine heterocyclic base. Although an unprotected hypoxanthine subunit, may be employed, yields in activation reactions are far superior when the base is protected. Other suitable protecting groups include those disclosed in co-pending U.S. Application No. 12/271,040, which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety. Reaction of 3 with the activated phosphorous compound 4, results in morpholino subunints having the desired linkage moiety (5). Compounds of structure 4 can be prepared using any number of methods known to those of skill in the art. For example, such compounds may be prepared by reaction of the corresponding amine and phosphorous oxychloride. In this regard, the amine starting material can be prepared using any method known in the art, for example those methods described in the Examples and in U.S. Patent No. 7,943, 762. Although the above scheme depicts preparation of linkages of type (B) (e.g., X is -NR8 R9), linkages of type (A) (e.g., X is dimethyl amine) can be prepared in an analogous manner. Compounds of structure 5 can be used in solid-phase automated oligomer synthesis for preparation of oligomers comprising the intersubunit linkages. Such methods are well known in the art. Briefly, a compound of structure 5 may be modified at the 5' end to contain a linker to a solid support. For example, compound 5 may be linked to a solid support by a linker comprising L and/or R1 9 . An exemplary method is demonstrated in Figures 3 and 4. In this manner, the oligo may comprise a 5'- terminal modification after oligomer synthsis is complete and the oligomer is cleaved from the solid support. Once supported, the protecting group of 5 (e.g., trityl) is removed and the free amine is reacted with an activated phosphorous moiety of a second compound of structure 5. This sequence is repeated untilthe desired length oligo is obtained. The protecting group in the termina 5' end may either be removed or left on if a 5'-modification is desired. The oligo can be removed from the solid support using any number of methods, or example treatment with a base to cleave the linkage to the solid support. Peptide oligomer conjugates can be prepared by coupling the desired peptide (prepared according to standard peptide synthetic methods known in the art) with an oligomer comprising a free NH (for example the 3' NH of amorpholino oligomer) in the presence of an appropriate activating reagent (e.g., HATU). Conjugates may be purified using a number of techniques known in the art, for example SCX chromatography.
The preparation of modified morpholino subunits and peptide oligomer conjugates are described in more detail in the Examples. The peptide oligomer conjugates containing any number of modified linkages may be prepared using methods described herein, methods known in the art and/or described by reference herein. Also described in the examples are global modifications of PMO+ morpholino oligomers prepared as previously described (see e.g., PCT publication W02008036127).
F. Antisense Activity of the Oligomers The present disclosure also provides a method of inhibiting production of a protein, the method comprising exposing a nucleic acid encoding the protein to a peptide-oligomer conjugate as disclosed herein. Accordingly, in one embodiment a nucleic acid encoding such a protein is exposed to a conjugate, as disclosed herein, where the base pairing moieties Pi form a sequence effective to hybridize to a portion of the nucleic acid at a location effective to inhibit production of the protein. The oligomer may target, for example, an ATG start codon region of an mRNA, a splice site of a pre-mRNA, or a viral target sequence as described below. In another embodiment, the disclosure provides a method of enhancing antisense activity of a peptide oligomer conjugate comprising an oligonucleotide analogue having a sequence of morpholino subunits, joined by intersubunit linkages, supporting base-pairing moieties, the method comprises conjugating a carrier peptide as described herein to the oligonucleotide. In some embodiments, enhancement of antisense activity may be evidenced by: (i) a decrease in expression of an encoded protein, relative to that provided by a corresponding unmodified oligomer, when binding of the antisense oligomer to its target sequence is effective to block a translation start codon for the encoded protein, or (ii) an increase in expression of an encoded protein, relative to that provided by a corresponding unmodified oligomer, when binding of the antisense oligomer to its target sequence is effective to block an aberrant splice site in a pre mRNA which encodes said protein when correctly spliced. Assays suitable for measurement of these effects are described further below. In one embodiment, modification provides this activity in a cell-free translation assay, a splice correction translation assay in cell culture, or a splice correction gain of function animal model system as described herein. In one embodiment, activity is enhanced by a factor of at least two, at least five or at least ten. Described below are various exemplary applications of the conjugates of the invention including antiviral applications, treatment of neuromuscular diseases, bacterial infections, inflammation and polycystic kidney disease. This description is not meant to limit the invention in any way but serves to exemplify the range of human and animal disease conditions that can be addressed using the conjugates described herein.
G. Exemplary Therapeutic Uses of the Conjugates The oligomers conjugated to the carrier peptide comprise good efficacy and low toxicity, thus resulting in a better therepuetic window than obtained with other oligomers or peptide-oligomer conjugates. The following description provides exemplary, but not limiting, example of therapeutic uses of the conjugates.
1. Targeting Stem-Loop Secondary Structure of ssRNA Viruses One class of an exemplary antisense antiviral compound is a morpholino oligomer as described herein having a sequence of 12-40 subunits and a targeting sequence that is complementary to a region associated with stem-loop secondary structure within the 5'-terminal end 40 bases of the positive-sense RNA strand of the targeted virus. (See, e.g., PCT Pubn. No. WO/2006/033933 or U.S. Appn. Pubn. Nos. 20060269911 and 20050096291, which are incorporated herein by reference.) The method comprises first identifying as a viral target sequence, a region within the 5'-terminal 40 bases of the positive strand of the infecting virus whose sequence is capable of forming internal stem-loop secondary structure. There is then constructed, by stepwise solid-phase synthesis, a morpholino oligomer having a targeting sequence of at least 12 subunits that is complementary to the virus-genome region capable of forming internal duplex structure, where the oligomer is able to form with the viral target sequence, a heteroduplex structure composed of the positive sense strand of the virus and the oligonucleotide compound, and characterized by a Tm of dissociation of at least 450 C and disruption of such stem-loop structure. The oligomer is conjugated to a carrier peptide described herein. The target sequence may be identified by analyzing the 5'-terminal sequences, e.g., the 5'-terminal 40 bases, by a computer program capable of performing secondary structure predictions based on a search for the minimal free energy state of the input RNA sequence. In a related aspect, the conjugates can be used in methods of inhibiting in a mammalian host cell, replication of an infecting RNA virus having a single-stranded, positive-sense genome and selected from one of the Flaviviridae, Picornoviridae, Caliciviridae, Togaviridae, Arteriviridae, Coronaviridae, Astroviridae or Hepeviridae families. The method includes administering to the infected host cells, a virus inhibitory amount of conjugate as described herein, having a targeting sequence of at least 12 subunits that is complementary to a region within the 5'-terminal 40 bases of the positive-strand viral genome that is capable of forming internal stem-loop secondary structure. The conjugate is effective, when administered to the host cells, to form a heteroduplex structure (i) composed of the positive sense strand of the virus and the oligonucleotide compound, and (ii) characterized by a Tm of dissociation of at least 45 0C and disruption of such stem-loop secondary structure. The conjugate may be administered to a mammalian subject infected with the virus, or at risk of infection with the virus. Exemplary targeting sequences that target the terminal stem loop structures of the dengue and Japanese encephalitis viruses are listed below as SEQ ID NOs: 1 and 2, respectively. Additional exemplary targeting sequences that target the terminal stem loop structures of ssRNA viruses can also be found in US Appn. Num. 11/801,885 and PCT publication WO/2008/036127 which are incorporated herein by reference.
2. Targeting the First Open Reading Frame of ssRNA Viruses A second class of exemplary conjugates is for use in inhibition of growth of viruses of the picornavirus, calicivirus, togavirus, coronavirus, and flavivirus families having a single-stranded, positive sense genome of less than 12 kb and a first open reading frame that encodes a polyprotein containing multiple functional proteins. In particular embodiments, the virus is an RNA virus from the coronavirus family or a West Nile, Yellow Fever or Dengue virus from the flavivirus family. The inhibiting conjugates comprise antisense oligomers described herein, having a targeting base sequence that is substantially complementary to a viral target sequence which spans the AUG start site of the first open reading frame of the viral genome. In one embodiment of the method, the conjugate is administered to a mammalian subject infected with the virus. See, e.g., PCT Pubn. No. WO/2005/007805 and US Appn. Pubn. No. 2003224353, which are incorporated herein by reference. The preferred target sequence is a region that spans the AUG start site of the first open reading frame (ORFI) of the viral genome. The first ORF generally encodes a polyprotein containing non-structural proteins such as polymerases, helicases and proteases. By "spans the AUG start site" is meant that the target sequence includes at least three bases on one side of the AUG start site and at least two bases on the other (a total of at least 8 bases). Preferably, it includes at least four bases on each side of the start site (a total of at least 11 bases). More generally, preferred target sites include targets that are conserved between a variety of viral isolates. Other favored sites include the IRES (internal ribosome entry site), transactivation protein binding sites, and sites of initiation of replication. Complex and large viral genomes, which may provide multiple redundant genes, may be efficiently targeted by targeting host cellular genes coding for viral entry and host response to viral presence. A variety of viral-genome sequences are available from well known sources, such as the NCBI Genbank databases. The AUG start site of ORF Imay also be identified in the gene database or reference relied upon, or it may be found by scanning the sequence for an AUG codon in the region of the expected ORF Istart site. The general genomic organization of each of the four virus families is given below, followed by exemplary target sequences obtained for selected members (genera, species or strains) within each family.
3. Targeting Influenza Virus A third class of exemplary conjugates are used in inhibition of growth of viruses of the Orthomyxoviridae family and in the treatment of a viral infection. In one embodiment, the host cell is contacted with a conjugate as described herein, for example a conjugate comprising a base sequence effective to hybridize to a target region selected from the following: 1) the 5' or 3' terminal 25 bases of the negative sense viral RNA segments; 2) the terminal 25 bases of the 5' or 3' terminus of the positive sense cRNA; 3) 45 bases surrounding the AUG start codons of influenza viral mRNAs and; 4) 50 bases surrounding the splice donor or acceptor sites of influenza mRNAs subject to alternative splicing. (See, e.g., PCT Pubn. No. WO/2006/047683; U.S. Appn. Pubn. No. 20070004661; and PCT Appn. Num. 2010/056613 and US Appn. No. 12/945,081, which are incorporated herein by reference.) Exemplary conjugates in this regard include conjugates comprising oligomers comprising SEQ ID NO:3.
Table 4. Influenza targeting sequences that incorporate modified intersubunit linkages or terminal groups NG-10-0038 PMOhex CGG T'TA GAA GAC hTCA TChT TT
NG-10-0039 PMOhex CGG T'TA GAA GAC hTCA hTCT 'TT
NG-10-0096 PMOapn CGG T'TA GAA GAC 'TCA TCaT TT
NG-10-0097 PMOapn CGG aTaTA GAA GAC 'TCA aTCaT TT
NG-10-0099 PMOpyr CGG PTPTA GAA GAC PTCA PTCPT TT
NG-10-0107 PMOthiol CGG TSHTA GAA GAC SHTCA TCSHT TT
NG-10-0108 PMOsucc CGG TSTA GAA GAC sTCA TCST TT
NG-10-0111 PMOguan CGG TgTA GAA GAC gTCA TCgT TT
NG-10-0141 PMOpyr CGG TPTA GAA GAC PTCA TCPT TT
NG-10-0142 PMOpyr CGG TPTA GAA GAC PTCA PTCPT TT
NG-10-0158 PMOglutaric CGG Tg'TA GAA GAC g"TCA TCg"T TT
NG-10-0159 PMOcyclo-glut CGG T°Pgl"TA GAA GAC "PglTCA TCPl"T TT
NG-10-0160 PMOcholic acid CGG T°&TA GAA GAC "TCA TC°&T TT
NG-10-0161 PMOdeoxyCA CGG Td'TA GAA GAC d°°TCA TCd"T TT
NG-10-0180 PMOapn TT'T CGA CAaT CGG T'TA GAA GAC aTCA T
NG-10-0174 PMOm CGG T'TA GAA GAC 'TCA TC'T TT
NG-10-0222 PMO MeT CGG T M eTA GAA GAC +TCA TC+T TT
NG-10-0223 PMO FarnT CGG T FaTA GAA GAC +TCA TC+T TT
NG-10-0538 PMOapn-trityl CGG T'TA GAA GAC 'TCA TCaT TT
NG-10-0539 PMOapn-trityl CGG TPTA GAA GAC PTCA TCPT TT
NG-10-0015 PMO CGG TTA GAA GAC TCA TCT TT
NG-11-0170 PMOplus CGG +TTA GAA GAC +TCA TC+T TT
NG-11-0145 PMOplus-benzhydryl CGG T+TA GAA GAC +TCA TC+T TT**
NG-11-0148 PMOisopropylPip CGG TiprpipTA GAA GAC iprpipTCA TCiprpipT TT NG-11-0173 PMOpyr CGG pTTA GAA GAC pTCA TCpT TT
NG-11-0291 Trimethyl Gly CGG T*+TA GAA GAC *+TCA TC*+T TT
**3'-benzhydryl; *+ linkages are trimethyl glycine acylated at the PMOplus linkages; PMOm represents T bases with a methyl group on the 3-nitrogen position. The conjugate s are particularly useful in the treatment of influenza virus infection in a mammal. The o conjugate may be administered to a mammalian subject infected with the influenza virus, or at risk of infection with the influenza virus.
4. Targeting Viruses of the Picomaviridae family A fourth class of exemplary conjugates are used in inhibition of growth of viruses of the Picomaviridae family and in the treatment of a viral infection. The conjugates are particularly useful in the treatment of Enterovirus and/or Rhinovirus infection in a mammal. In this embodiment, the conjugates comprise morpholino oligomers having a sequence of 12-40 subunits, including at least 12 subunits having a targeting sequence that is complementary to a region associated with viral RNA sequences within one of two 32 conserved nucleotide regions of the viral 5'untranslated region. (See, e.g., PCT Pubn. Nos. WO/2007/030576 and WO/2007/030691 or copending and co-owned US Appn. Nums. 11/518,058 and 11/517,757, which are incorporated herein by reference.) An exemplary targeting sequence is listed below as SEQ NO: 6.
5. Targeting Viruses of the Flavivirus family A fifth class of exemplary conjugates are used in inhibition of replication of a flavivirus in animal cells. An exemplary conjugate of this class comprises a morpholino oligomer of between 8-40 nucleotide bases in length and having a sequence of at least 8 bases complementary to a region of the virus'positive strand RNA genome that includes at least a portion of the 5'-cyclization sequence (5'-CS) or 3'-CS sequences of the positive strand flaviviral RNA. A highly preferred target is the 3'-CS and an exemplary targeting sequence for dengue virus is listed below as SEQ ID NO: 7. (See, e.g., PCT Pubn. No. (WO/2005/030800) or copending and co-owned US Appn. Num. 10/913,996, which are incorporated herein by reference.)
6. Targeting Viruses of the Nidovirus family A sixth class of exemplary conjugates are used in inhibition of replication of a nidovirus in virus-infected animal cells. An exemplary conjugate of this class comprises a morpholino oligomer containing between 8-25 nucleotide bases, and having a sequence capable of disrupting base pairing between the transcriptional regulatory sequences (TRS) in the 5' leader region of the positive-strand viral genome and negative-strand 3'subgenomic region (See, e.g., PCT Pubn. No. WO/2005/065268 or U.S. Appn. Pubn. No. 20070037763, which are incorporated herein by reference.)
7. Targeting of Filoviruses In another embodiment, one or more conjugates as described herein can be used in a method of in inhibiting replication within a host cell of an Ebola virus or Marburg virus, by contacting the cell with a conjugate as described herein, for example a conjugate having a targeting base sequence that is complementary to a target sequence composed of at least 12 contiguous bases within an AUG start-site region of a positive strand mRNA, as described further below. The filovirus viral genome is approximately 19,000 bases of single stranded RNA that is unsegmented and in the antisense orientation. The genome encodes 7 proteins from monocistronic mRNAs complementary to the vRNA. Target sequences are positive-strand (sense) RNA sequences that span or are just downstream (within 25 bases) or upstream (within 100 bases) of the AUG start codon of selected Ebola virus proteins or the 3'terminal 30 bases of the minus-strand viral RNA. Preferred protein targets are the viral polymerase subunits VP35 and VP24, although L, nucleoproteins NP and VP30, are also contemplated. Among these early proteins are favored, e.g., VP35 is favored over the later expressed L polymerase.
In another embodiment, one or more conjugates as described herein can be used in a method of in inhibiting replication within a host cell of an Ebola virus or Marburg virus, by contacting the cell with a conjugate as described herein having a targeting base sequence that is complementary to a target sequence composed of at least 12 contiguous bases within an AUG start-site region of a positive-strand mRNA of the Filovirus mRNA sequences. (See, e.g., PCT Pubn. No. WO/2006/050414 or U.S. Patent Nos. 7,524,829 and 7,507,196, and continuation applications with US Apn. Nos: 12/402,455; 12/402,461; 12/402,464; and 12/853,180 which are incorporated herein by reference.)
8. Targeting of Arenaviruses In another embodiment, a conjugate as described herein can be used in a method for inhibiting viral infection in mammalian cells by a species in the Arenaviridae family. In one aspect, the conjugates can be used in treating a mammalian subject infected with the virus. (See, e.g., PCT Pubn. No. WO/2007/103529 or U.S. Patent No. 7,582,615, which are incorporated herein by reference.) Table 5 is an exemplary list of targeted viruses targeted by conjugates of the invention as organized by their Old World or New World Arenavirus classification.
Table 5. Targeted Arenaviruses Family Genus. Virus Arenaviridae Arenavirus Old World Arenaviruses Lassa virus (LASV) Lymphocytic choriomeningitis virus (LCMV) Mopeia virus (MOPV) New World Arenaviruses Guanarito virus (GTOV) Junin virus (JUNV) Machupo virus (MACV) Pichinide virus (PICV) Pirital virus (PIRV) Sabii virus (SABV) Tacaribe virus (TCRV) Whitewater Arroyo virus (WWAV)
The genome of Arenaviruses consists of two single-stranded RNA segments designated S (small) and L (large). In virions, the molar ratio of S- to L segment RNAs is roughly 2:1. The complete S-segment RNA sequence has been determined for several arenaviruses and ranges from 3,366 to 3,535 nucleotides. The complete L-segment RNA sequence has also been determined for several arenaviruses and ranges from 7,102 to 7,279 nucleotides. The 3' terminal sequences of the S and L RNA segments are identical at 17 of the last 19 nucleotides. These terminal sequences are conserved among all known arenaviruses. The 5'-terminal 19 or 20 nucleotides at the beginning of each genomic RNA are imperfectly complementary with each corresponding 3' end. Because of this complementarity, the 3' and 5' termini are thought to base-pair and form panhandle structures. Replication of the infecting virion or viral RNA (vRNA) to form an antigenomic, viral-complementary RNA (vcRNA) strand occurs in the infected cell. Both the vRNA and vcRNA encode complementary mRNAs; accordingly, Arenaviruses are classified as ambisense RNA viruses, rather than negative- or positive sense RNA viruses. The ambisense orientation of viral genes are on both the L- and S segments. The NP and polymerase genes reside at the 3' end of the S and L vRNA segments, respectively, and are encoded in the conventional negative sense (i.e., they are expressed through transcription of vRNA or genome-complementary mRNAs). The genes located at the 5' end of the S and L vRNA segments, GPC and Z, respectively, are encoded in mRNA sense but there is no evidence that they are translated directly from genomic vRNA. These genes are expressed instead through transcription of genomic-sense mRNAs from antigenomes (i.e., the vcRNA), full-length complementary copies of genomic vRNAs that function as replicative intermediates. An exemplary targeting sequence for the arenavirus family of viruses is listed below as SEQ ID NO: 8.
9. Targeting of Respiratory Syncytial Virus Respiratory syncytial virus (RSV) is the single most important respiratory pathogen in young children. RSV-caused lower respiratory conditions, such as bronchiolitis and pneumonia, often require hospitalization in children less than one year-old. Children with cardiopulmonary diseases and those born prematurely are especially prone to experience severe disorders from this infection. RSV infection is also an important illness in elderly and high-risk adults, and it is the second-most commonly identified cause ofviral pneumonia in older persons (Falsey, Hennessey et al. 2005). The World Health Organization estimates that RSV is responsible for 64 million clinical infections and 160 thousand deaths annually worldwide. No vaccines are currently available for the prevention of RSV infection. Although many major advances in our understanding of RSV biology, epidemiology, pathophysiology, and host-immune-response have occurred over the past few decades, there continues to be considerable controversy regarding the optimum management of infants and children with RSV infection. Ribavirin is the only licensed antiviral drug for treating RSV infection, but its use is limited to high-risk or severely-ill infants. The utility of Ribavirin has been limited by its cost, variable efficacy, and tendency to generate resistant viruses (Marquardt 1995; Prince 2001). The current need for additional effective anti-RSV agents is well-acknowledged. It is known that peptide conjugated PMO (PPMO) can be effective in inhibiting RSV both in tissue culture and in an in vivo animal model system (Lai, Stein et al. 2008). Two antisense PPMOs, designed to target the sequence that includes the 5'-terminal region and translation start-site region of RSV L mRNA, were tested for anti-RSV activity in cultures of two human airway cell lines. One of them, (RSV AUG-2; SEQ ID NO 10), reduced viral titers by >2.0 logo. Intranasal (i.n.) treatment of BALB/c mice with RSV-AUG-2 PPMO before the RSV inoculation produced a reduction in viral titer of 1.2 logo in lung tissue at day 5 postinfection (p.i.), and attenuated pulmonary inflammation at day 7 postinfection. These data showed that RSV-AUG-2 provided potent anti-RSV activity worthy of further investigation as a candidate for potential therapeutic application (Lai, Stein et al. 2008). Despite the success with RSV-AUG-2 PPMO as described above, it is desirable to use conjugates as disclosed herein to address toxicity associated with previous peptide conjugates. Therefore, in another embodiment of the present invention, one or more conjugates as described herein can be used in a method of inhibiting replication within a host cell of RSV, by contacting the cell with a conjugate as described herein, for example a conjugate having a targeting base sequence that is complementary to a target sequence composed of at least 12 contiguous bases within an AUG start-site region of anmRNA from RSV, as described further below.
The L gene of RSV codes for a critical component of the viral RNA dependent RNA polymerase complex. Antisense PPMO designed against the sequence spanning the AUG translation start-site codon of the RSV L gene mRNA in the form of RSV-AUG-2 PPMO is complementary to sequence from the 'gene-start' sequence (GS) present at the 5' terminus of the L mRNA to 13 nt into the coding sequence. A preferred L gene targeting sequence is therefore complementary to any 12 contiguous bases from the 5' end of the L gene mRNA extending 40 bases in the 3' direction or 22 bases into the L gene coding sequence as shown below in Table 6 as SEQ ID NO: 9. Exemplary RSV L gene targeting sequences are listed below in Table 6 as SEQ ID NOs: 10-14. Any of the intersubunit modifications of the invention described herein can be incorporated in the oligomers to provide increased antisense activity, improved intracellular delivery and/or tissue specificity for improved therapeutic activity. Exemplary oligomers sequences containing intersubunit linkages of the invention are listed below in Table 6.
Table 6. RSV target and targeting sequences Name Sequence (5' to 3') SEQ ID NO L target GGGACAAAATGGATCCCATTATTAATGGAAATTCTGCTAA 9 RSV-AUG-2 TAATGGGATCCATTTTGTCCC 10 RSV-AUG3 AATAATGGGATCCATTTTGTCCC 11 RSV-AUG4 CATTAATAATGGGATCCATTTTGTCCC 12 RSV-AUG5 GAATTTCCATTAATAATGGGATCCATTTTG 13 RSV-AUG6 CAGAATTTCCATTAATAATGGGATCCATT 14 RSV- AATAAPrTGGGAPrTCCAPrTT'P'TTGaPrTCCC 11 AUG3apn* RSV- AATAAg""TGGGAg""TCCAg""TTg"'"TTGg""TCCC 11 AUG3guan
10. Neuromuscular Diseases In another embodiment, a therapeutic conjugate is provided for use in treating a disease condition associated with a neuromuscular disease in a mammalian subject. Antisense oligomers (e.g., SEQ ID NO: 16) have been shown to have activity in the MDX mouse model for Duchene Muscular Dystrophy (DMD). Exemplary oligomer sequences that incorporate the linkages used in some embodiments are listed below in Table 7. In some embodiments, the conjugates comprise an oligomer selected from: (a) an antisense oligomer targeted against human myostatin, having a base sequence complementary to at least 12 contiguous bases in a target region of the human myostatin mRNA identified by SEQ ID NO: 18, for treating a muscle wasting condition, as described previously (See, e.g., U.S. Patent Apn. No. 12/493,140, which is incorporated herein by reference; and PCT publication W02006/086667). Exemplary murine targeting sequences are listed as SEQ ID NOs: 19-20; and (b) an antisense oligomer capable of producing exon skipping in the DMD protein (dystrophin), such as a PMO having a sequence selected from SEQ ID NOs: 22 to 35, to restore partial activity of the dystrophin protein, for treating DMD, as described previously (See, e.g., PCT Pubn. Nos. WO/2010/048586 and WO/2006/000057 or U.S. Patent Publication No. US09/061960 all of which are incorporated herein by reference). Several other neuromuscular diseases can be treated using the modified linkages and terminal groups of the present invention. Exemplary compounds for treating spinal muscle atrophy (SMA) and myotonic dystrophy (DM) are discussed below. SMA is an autosomal recessive disease caused by chronic loss of alpha motor neurons in the spinal cord and can affect both children and adults. Reduced expression of survival motor neuron (SMN) is responsible for the disease (Hua, Sahashi et al. 2010). Mutations that cause SMA are located in the SMN1 gene but a paralogous gene, SMN2, can allow viability by compensating for loss of SMN1 if expressed from an alternative splice form lacking exon 7 (delta7 SMN2). Antisense compounds targeted to inton 6, exon 7 and intron 7 have all been shown to induce exon 7 inclusion to varying degrees. Antisense compounds targeted to intron 7 are preferred (see e.g., PCT Publication Nos. WO/2010/148249, WO/2010/120820, WO/2007/002390 and US Patent No. 7838657). Exemplary antisense sequences that target the SMN2 pre-mRNA and induce improved exon 7 inclusion are listed below as SEQ ID NOs: 36-38. It is contemplated that selected modifications of these oligomer sequences using the modified linkages and terminal groups described herein would have improved properties compared to those known in the art. Furthermore, it is contemplated that any oligomer targeted to intron 7 of the SMN2 gene and incorporating the features of the present invention has the potential to induce exon 7 inclusion and provide a therapeutic benefit to SMA patients.Myotonic Dystrophy type 1 (DM1) and type 2 (DM2) are dominantly inherited disorders caused by expression of a toxic RNA leading to neuromuscular degeneration. DM1 and DM2 are associated with long polyCUG and polyCCUG repeats in the 3'-UTR and intron 1 regions of the transcript dystrophia myotonica protein kinase (DMPK) and zinc finger protein 9 (ZNF9), respectively (see e.g., W02008/036406). While normal individuals have as many as 30 CTG repeats, DM1 patients carry a larger number of repeats ranging from 50 to thousands. The severity of the disease and the age of onset correlates with the number of repeats. Patients with adult onsets show milder symptoms and have less than 100 repeats, juvenile onset DM1 patients carry as many as 500 repeats and congenital cases usually have around a thousand CTG repeats. The expanded transcripts containing CUG repeats form a secondary structure, accumulate in the nucleus in the form ofnuclear foci and sequester RNA-binding proteins (RNA-BP). Several RNA-BP have been implicated in the disease, including muscleblind-like (MBNL) proteins and CUG-binding protein (CUGBP). MBNL proteins are homologous to Drosophila muscleblind (Mbl) proteins necessary for photoreceptor and muscle differentiation. MBNL and CUGBP have been identified as antagonistic splicing regulators of transcripts affected in DM1 such as cardiac troponin T (cTNT), insulin receptor (IR) and muscle-specific chloride channel (ClC-1). It is known in the art that antisense oligonucleotides targeted to the expanded repeats of the DMPK gene can displace RNA-BP sequestration and reverse myotonia symptoms in an animal model of DM1 (W02008/036406). It is contemplated that oligomers incorporating features of the present invention would provide improved activity and therapeutic potential for DM1 and DM2 patients. Exemplary sequences targeted to the polyCUG and polyCCUG repeats described above are listed below as SEQ ID NOs: 39-55 and further described in US Appn. No. 13/101,942 which is incorporated herein in its entirety.
Additional embodiments of the present invention for treating neuralmuscular disorders are anticipated and include oligomers designed to treat other DNA repeat instability genetic disorders. These diseases include Huntington's disease, spino-cerebellar ataxia, X-linked spinal and bulbar muscular atrophy and spinocerebellar ataxia type 10 (SCA1O) as described in W02008/018795.
Table 7. M23D sequences (SEQ ID NO:15) that incorporate modified intersubunit linkages and/or 3' and/or 5' terminal groups PMO-X NG Modification 5' Seauence 3' NG
10 GGC CAA ACC TCG GCT TAC CTG 0383 PMO EG3 AAA T triphenylacetyl
10 GGC CAA ACC FCG GCF TAC CFG 0325 triphenylphos OH AAA T triphenylphos
NG 10 GGC CAA ACC TCG GCT TAC CTG 0272 PMO-farnesyl OH AAA T farnesyl
10 GGC CAA ACC TCG GCT TAC CTG 0102 PMO OH AAA T trityl
10- trimethoxybenzoy trimethoxybenzoy GGC CAA ACC TCG GCT TAC CTG 0330 1 EG3 AAAT NG
10 GGC C*A*A *ACC TCG GCT TAC 0056 PMOplus 5'-pol EG3 CTG AAA T H
07- H GGC CAA ACC TCG GCT TAC CTG 0064 PMO-3'-trityl Pip AAA T trityl
NG- triphenylpropiony GGC CAA ACC TCG GCT TAC CTG 10- PMO EG3 AAA T
PMO-X NG Modification 5' Sequence 3'
0382
10 GGC CAA ACC pTCG GCpT pTAC 0278 PMOpyr EG3 CpTG AAA pT H
10 GGC CaAaA aACC TCG GCT TAC 0210 PMOapn EG3 CTG AAA T H
10 GGC CAA ACC PTCG GCPT TAC 0098 PMOpyr EG3 CPTG AAA T H
10 GGC CAA ACC 'TCG GC'T TAC 0070 PMOapn EG3 CaTG AAA 'T H
NG 10 GGC CAA ACC aTCG GCT aTAC CaT 0095 PMOapn EG3 G AAA aT H
10 GGC CAA ACC TCG GCT TAC CTG 0317 PMO EG3 AAA T farnesyl
NG 10 GGC CAA ACC FCG GCF TAC CFG 0477 PMO triMe Gly EG3 AAA F trimethyl Glycine
NG 10 GGC CaAA aACC aTCG GCaT aTAC 0133 PMOapn OH CaTG AAA aT H
NG 10- 2-OH, GGC CAA ACC TCG GCT TAC CTG 0387 PMO EG3 AAA T diphenylacet
10 GGC CAA ACC gTCG GCgT TAC CgT 0104 PMOguan EG3 G AAA T
NG- PMOplus methyl EG3 GGC CAA ACC ''TCG GC'T TAC Trityl
PMO-X NG Modification 5' Sequence 3'
10- C..TG AAAmT
0420
10 GGC CAA ACC t TCG GC tT TAC C t T 0065 PMOtri EG3 G AAA T H
10- 9-fluorene GGC CAA ACC TCG GCT TAC CTG 0607 PMO-X EG3 AAA T carboxyl
10 GGC CAA ACC °FTCG GC°FT TAC 0060 PMOcp EG3 C°FT G AAA T H
10 GGC CAA ACC TCG GCT TAC CTG 0162 PMO-COCH 2SH EG3 AAA T COCH 2SH
NG 10 GGC CAA ACC TCG GCT TAC CTG 0328 diphenylacetyl EG3 AAA T diphenylacetyl
NG 10 t GGC CaAA aACC TCG GC tT t TAC 0134 PMOapnPMOtri OH C tTG AAA t T H
10- 5'-diphenylac,3' GGC CAA ACC TCG GCT TAC CTG 0386 PMO DPA AAA T trity
07- H GGC CAA ACC TCG GCT TAC CTG 0064 PMO-3'-trityl Pip AAA T trityl
NG 10 GGC CAA ACC °FTCG GC°FT °FTAC
0059 PMOcp EG3 C°FT G AAA °PT H
NG 10 t GGC CAA ACC TCG GC tT t TAC 0135 PMOtri OH C tTG AAA t T H
PMO-X NG Modification 5' Sequence 3'
10 GGC CAA ACC 'TCG GCaT aTAC 0168 PMOapn PMOcys OH CaTG AAA SHcT H
10 t GGC CAA ACC aTCG GC tT TAC 0113 PMOapnPMOtri OH CaTG AAA 'T H
10- diphenylphosphor GGC CAA ACC TCG GCT TAC CTG 0385 PMO EG3 AAA T YI
10 GGC CAA ACC TCG GCT TAC CTG 0279 PMO OH AAA T geranyl
NG 10 GGC C*AA *ACC *TCG GC*T TAC 0055 PMOplus disp EG3 C*TG AAA T H
10 GGC CAA ACC "TCG GC"T TAC C"T 0105 PMOsucc EG3 G AAA T As
10 t t GGC CAA ACC E PiPTCG GC' PiPT 0805 PMO-X EG3 TAC CEtpiPTG AAA EtPiPT H
NG 10 GGC CAA ACC PY"'r mTCG GCPYrQ m'T 0811 PMO-X EG3 TAC CPYr'Q'TG AAA PYrQm eT H
10 GGC CAA ACC TCG GCT TAC C*TG 0057 PMOplus 3'-pol EG3 •A*A*A T H
10- 5-carboxy GGC CAA ACC TCG GCT TAC CTG 0625 PMO-X EG3 AAA T fluorescein
NG GGC CAA ACC TCG GCT TAC CTG 10- dimer EG3 AAA T dimerized
PMO-X NG Modification 5' Sequence 3'
0804
10 GGC CAA ACC t TCG GC tT TAC C t T t 0066 PMOtri EG3 G AAA T H
10 GGC CAA ACC TCG GCT TAC CTG 0280 PMO disulfide EG3 AAA T COCH 2 CH 2SSPY NG
10 GGC CaAaA aACC aTCG GCaT 0212 PMOapn EG3 aTaAC CaTG aAaAaA aT H
10 GGC CAA ACC TCG GCT TAC CTG 0156 3'-MeOtrityl EG3 AAA T MeO-Tr
NG 10- GGC CAA ACC hTCG GChT TAC ChT 0062 PMOhex EG3 G AAA hT H
11 GGC CAA ACC TCG GCT TAC CTG 0043 PMO-X EG3 AAA T guanidinyl
10 GGC C+A+A +ACC +TCG GC+T 0206 PMOplus EG3 +T+AC C+TG +A+A+A +T H
10 GGC CAA ACC TCG GCT TAC CTG 0383 PMO EG3 AAA T triphenylacetyl
10 GGC CAA ACC FCG GCF TAC CFG 0325 triphenylphos OH AAA T triphenylphos
10 GGC CAA ACC TCG GCT TAC CTG 0272 PMO-farnesyl OH AAA T farnesyl
*Dimerized indicates the oligomer is dimerized by a linkage linking the 3' ends of the two monomers. For example, the linkage may be -COCH 2CH 2-S-CH(CONH 2)CH 2-CO-NHCH 2 CH 2CO-or any other suitable linkage. EG3 refers to a triethylene glycol tail (see e.g., conjugates in examples 30 and 31).
11. Antibacterial Applications The invention includes, in another embodiment, a conjugate comprising an antibacterial antisense oilgomer for use in treating a bacterial infection in a mammalian host. In some embodiments, the oligomer comprises between 10-20 bases and a targeting sequence of at least 10 contiguous bases complementary to a target region of the infecting bacteria's mRNA for acyl carrier protein (acpP), gyrase A subunit (gyrA), ftsZ, ribosomal protein S10 (rpsJ), leuD, mgtC, pirG, pcaA, and cmal genes, where the target region contains the translational start codon of the bacterial mRNA, or a sequence that is within 20 bases, in an upstream (i.e., 5') or downstream (i.e., 3') direction, of the translational start codon, and where the oligomer binds to the mRNA to form a heteroduplex thereby to inhibit replication of the bacteria.
12. Modulating Nuclear Hormone Receptors In another embodiment the present invention relates to compositions and methods for modulating expression of nuclear hormone receptors (NHR) from the nuclear hormone receptor superfamily (NHRSF), mainly by controlling or altering the splicing of pre-mRNA that codes for the receptors. Examples of particular NHRs include glucocorticoid receptor (GR), progesterone receptor (PR) and androgen receptor (AR). In certain embodiments, the conjugates described herein lead to increased expression of ligand-independent or other selected forms of the receptors, and decreased expression of their inactive forms. Embodiments of the present invention include conjugates comprising oligomers, for example oligomers that are complementary to selected exonic or intronic sequences of an NHR, including the "ligand-binding exons" and/or adjacent introns of a NHRSF pre-mRNA, among other NHR-domains described herein. The term "ligand binding exons" refers to exon(s) that are present in the wild-type mRNA but are removed from the primary transcript (the "pre-mRNA") to make a ligand-independent form of the mRNA. In certain embodiments, complementarity can be based on sequences in the sequence of pre-mRNA that spans a splice site, which includes, but is not limited to, complementarity based on sequences that span an exon-intron junction. In other embodiments, complementarity can be based solely on the sequence of the intron. In other embodiments, complementarity can be based solely on the sequence of the exon. (See, e.g., US Appn. Num. 13/046,356, which is incorporated herein by reference.) NHR modulators may be useful in treating NHR-associated diseases, including diseases associated with the expression products of genes whose transcription is stimulated or repressed by NHRs. For instance, modulators of NHRs that inhibit AP 1 and/or NF-KB can be useful in the treatment of inflammatory and immune diseases and disorders such as osteoarthritis, rheumatoid arthritis, multiple sclerosis, asthma, inflammatory bowel disease, transplant rejection, and graft vs. host disease, among others described herein and known in the art. Compounds that antagonize transactivation can be useful in treating metabolic diseases associated with increased levels of glucocorticoid, such as diabetes, osteoporosis and glaucoma, among others. Also, compounds that agonize transactivation can be useful in treating metabolic diseases associated with a deficiency in glucocorticoid, such as Addison's disease and others. Embodiments of the present invention include methods of modulating nuclear NHR activity or expression in a cell, comprising contacting the cell with a conjugate comprising the carrier protein and an antisense oligomer composed of morpholino subunits linked by phosphorus-containing intersubunit linkages joining a morpholino nitrogen of one subunit to a 5'exocyclic carbon of an adjacent subunit, wherein the oligonucleotide contains between 10-40 bases and a targeting sequence of at least 10 contiguous bases complementary to a target sequence, wherein the target sequence is a pre-mRNA transcript of the NHR, thereby modulating activity or expression of the NHR. In certain embodiments, the oligomer alters splicing ofthe pre mRNA transcript and increases expression of a variant of the NHR. In some embodiments, the oligomer induces full or partial exon-skipping of one or more exons of the pre-mRNA transcript. In certain embodiments, the one or more exons encode at least a portion of a ligand-binding domain of the NHR, and the variant is a ligand independent form of the NHR. In certain embodiments, the one or more exons encode at least a portion of a transactivation domain of the NHR, and the variant has reduced transcriptional activation activity. In certain embodiments, the one or more exons encode at least a portion of a DNA-binding domain of the NHR. In certain embodiments, the one or more exons encode at least a portion of an N-terminal activation domain of the NHR. In certain embodiments, the one or more exons encode at least a portion of a carboxy-terminal domain of the NHR. In specific embodiments, the variant binds to NF-KB, AP-1, or both, and reduces transcription of one or more of their pro-inflammatory target genes. In certain embodiments, the oligomer agonizes a transactivational transcriptional activity of the NHR. In other embodiments, the oligomer antagonizes a transactivational transcriptional activity of the NHR. In certain embodiments, the oligomer agonizes a transrepression activity of the NHR. In other embodiments, the oligomer antagonizes a transrepression activity of the NHR. In specific embodiments, the oligomer antagonizes a transactivational transcriptional activity of the NHR and agonizes a transrepression activity of the NHR. (See, e.g., US Appn. Num. 61/313,652, which is incorporated herein by reference.)
EXAMPLES Unless otherwise noted, all chemicals were obtained from Sigma Aldrich-Fluka. Benzoyl adenosine, benzoyl cytidine, and phenylacetyl guanosine were obtained from Carbosynth Limited, UK. Synthesis of PMO, PMO+, PPMO and PMO containing further linkage modifications as described herein was done using methods known in the art and described in pending U.S. applications Nos. 12/271,036 and 12/271,040 and PCT publication number WO/2009/064471, which are hereby incorporated by reference in their entirety. PMO with a 3' trityl modification are synthesized essentially as described in PCT publication number WO/2009/064471 with the exception that the detritylation step is omitted.
EXAMPLE 1 TERT-BUTYL4-(2,2,2-TRIFLUOROACETAMIDO)PIPERIDINE-1-CARBOXYLATE
TFAHN NBoc
To a suspension of tert-butyl 4-aminopiperidine-1-carboxylate (48.7 g, 0.243 mol) and DIPEA (130 mL, 0.749 mol) in DCM (250 mL) was added ethyl trifluoroacetate (35.6 mL, 0.300 mol) dropwise while stirring. After 20 hours, the solution was washed with citric acid solution (200 mL x 3, 10 % w/v aq) and sodium bicarbonate solution (200 mL x 3, conc aq), dried (MgSO 4 ), and filtered through silica (24 g). The silica was washed with DCM and the combined eluant was partially concentrated (100 mL), and used directly in the next step. APCI/MS calcd. for
C 1 2 H 19F 3 N 2 0 3 296.1, found m/z = 294.9 (M-1).
EXAMPLE 2 2,2,2-TRIFLUORO-N-(PIPERIDIN-4-YL)ACETAMIDEHYDROCHLORIDE
To a stirred DCM solution of the title compound of Example 1 (100 mL) was added dropwise a solution of hydrogen chloride (250 mL, 1.0 mol) in 1,4-dioxane (4 M). Stirring was continued for 6 hours, then the suspension was filtered, and the solid washed with diethyl ether (500 mL) to afford the title compound (54.2 g, 96% yield) as a white solid. APCI/MS calcd. for C 7 HF3 N 2 0 196.1, found m/z = 196.9 (M+1).
EXAMPLE 3 (4-(2,2,2-TRIFLUOROACETAMIDO)PIPERIDIN-1-YL)PHOSPHONIC DICHLORIDE
CI TFAHN N-P=O CI
To a cooled (ice/water bath) suspension of the title compound of Example 2 (54.2 g, 0.233 mol) in DCM (250 mL) was added dropwise phosphorus oxychloride (23.9 mL, 0.256 mol) and DIPEA (121.7 mL, 0.699 mol) and stirred. After 15 minutes, the bath was removed and with continued stirring the mixture allowed to warm to ambient temperature. After 1 hour, the mixture was partially concentrated (100 mL), the suspension filtered, and the solid washed with diethyl ether to afford the title compound (43.8 g, 60% yield) as a white solid. The elutant was partially concentrated (100 mL), the resulting suspension filtered, and the solid washed with diethyl ether to afford additional title compound (6.5 g, 9% yield). ESI/MS calcd. for 1-(4-nitrophenyl)piperazine derivative C 17 H 2 2 ClF3 N 5 04 P 483.1, found m/z = 482.1 (M 1).
EXAMPLE 4 ((2S,6S)-6-((R)-5-METfHYL-2,6-DIOXO-1,2,3,6-TETRAHYDROPYRIDIN-3-YL)-4 TRITYLMORPHOLIN-2-YL)METHYL (4-(2,2,2-TRIFLUOROACETAMIDO)PIPERIDIN-1
CI TFAHN N-P=O O 0 0 O? NH
N CPh 3 To a stirred, cooled (ice/water bath) solution of the title compound of Example 3 (29.2 g, 93.3 mmol) in DCM (100 mL) was added dropwise over 10 minutes a DCM solution (100 mL) of Mo(Tr)T # (22.6 g, 46.7 mmol), 2,6-Lutidine (21.7 mL, 187 mmol), and 4-(dimethylamino)pyridine (1.14 g, 9.33 mmol). The bath was allowed to warm to ambient temperature. After 15 hours, the solution was washed with a citric acid solution (200 mL x 3, 10 % w/v aq), dried (MgSO 4 ), concentrated, and the crude oil was loaded directly onto column. Chromatography [SiO 2 column (120 g), hexanes/EtOAc eluant (gradient 1:1 to 0:1), repeated x 3] fractions were concentrated to provide the title compound (27.2 g, 77% yield) as a white solid. ESI/MS calcd. for the 1-(4-nitrophenyl)piperazine derivative C 4 6H 5oF3 NsOsP 930.3, found m/z = 929.5 (M-1).
EXAMPLE 5 ((2S,6R)-6-(6-BENZAMIDO-9H-PURIN-9-YL)-4-TRITYLMORPHOLIN-2-YL)METfHYL(4 (2,2,2-TRIFLUOROACETAMIDO)PIPERIDIN-1-YL)PHOSPHONOCHLORIDATE
CINHBz TFAHN N-PON
0
N CPh 3
The title compound was synthesized in a manner analogous to that described in Example 4 to afford the title compound (15.4 g, 66% yield) as a white solid. ESI/MS called. for 1-(4-nitrophenyl)piperazine derivative C 3 H 3 F3 N 1 0 7 P 1043.4, found m/z = 1042.5 (M-1).
EXAMPLE 6 (R)-METHYL(1-PHENYLETHYL)PHOSPHORAMIDIC DICHLORIDE
CI --- N-P=O / CI To a cooled (ice/water bath) solution of phosphorus oxychloride (2.83 mL, 30.3 mmol) in DCM (30 mL) was added sequentially, dropwise, and with stirring 2,6-lutidine (7.06 mL, 60.6 mmol) and a DCM solution of (R)-(+)-Na dimethylbenzylamine (3.73 g, 27.6 mmol). After 5 minutes, the bath was removed and reaction mixture allowed to warm to ambient temperature. After 1 hour, the reaction solution was washed with a citric acid solution (50 mL x 3, 10 % w/v aq), dried
(MgSO4 ), filtered through SiO2 and concentrated to provide the title compound (3.80 g) as a white foam. ESI/MS calcd. for 1-(4-nitrophenyl)piperazine derivative C 19 H 2 N 4 0 4 P 404.2, found m/z = 403.1 (M-1).
EXAMPLE 7 (S)-METHYL(1-PHENYLETHYL)PHOSPHORAMIDIC DICHLORIDE
ClI N-P=O / C'I
The title compound was synthesized in a manner analogous to that described in Example 6 to afford the title compound (3.95 g) as a white foam. ESI/MS calcd. for 1-(4-nitrophenyl)piperazine derivative C19H 25 N 4 0 4 P 404.2, found m/z= 403.1 (M-1).
EXAMPLE 8 ((2S,6R)-6-(5-METHYL-2,4-DIOXO-3,4-DIHYDROPYRIMIDIN-1(2H)-YL)-4 TRITYLMORPHOLIN-2-YL)METHYLMETHYL((R)-1
Cl --- N-P=O / 0
N CPh 3 The title compound was synthesized in a manner analogous to that described in Example 4 to afford the title chlorophosphoroamidate (4.46 g, 28% yield) as a white solid. ESI/MS calcd. for C 3 sH 4 0ClN 4 0 5P 698.2, found m/z = 697.3 (M-1).
EXAMPLE 9 ((2S,6R)-6-(5-METHYL-2,4-DIOXO-3,4-DIHYDROPYRIMIDIN-1(2H)-YL)-4 TRITYLMORPHOLIN-2-YL)METHYL METfHYL((S)-1
PHENYLETfHYL)PHOSPHORAMIDOCHLORIDATE
' Cl N-P=O / I
0: O N TN 0H
N' CPh 3
The title compound was synthesized in a manner analogous to that described in Example 4 to afford the title chlorophosphoroamidate (4.65 g, 23% yield) as a white solid. ESI/MS calcd. for C 3 sH 4 0ClN 4 0 5P 698.2, found m/z = 697.3 (M-1).
EXAMPLE 10 (4-(PYRROLIDIN-1-YL)PIPERIDIN-1-YL)PHOSPHONICDICHLORIDE HYDROCHLORIDE
CN-CN-P=O HCI CI
To a cooled (ice/water bath) solution of phosphorus oxychloride (5.70 mL, 55.6 mmol) in DCM (30 mL) was added 2,6-lutidine (19.4 mL, 167 mmol) and a DCM solution (30 mL) of 4-(1-pyrrolidinyl)-piperidine (8.58 g, 55.6 mmol) and stirred for Ihour. The suspension was filtered and solid washed with excess diethyl ether to afford the title pyrrolidine (17.7 g, 91% yield) as a white solid. ESI/MS calcd. for 1-(4 nitrophenyl)piperazine derivative C1 9H 30N 5 04P 423.2, found m/z = 422.2 (M-1).
EXAMPLE 11 ((2S,6R)-6-(5-METHYL-2,4-DIOXO-3,4-DIHYDROPYRIMIDIN-1(2H)-YL)-4 TRITYLMORPHOLIN-2-YL)METHYL (4-(PYRROLIDIN-1-YL)PIPERIDIN-1
CI N N-P0 =
HCI II 0 N T NH
N CPh 3
To a stirred, cooled (ice/water bath) solution of the dichlorophosphoramidate 8 (17.7 g, 50.6 mmol) in DCM (100 mL) was added a DCM solution (100 mL) of Mo(Tr)T # (24.5 g, 50.6 mmol), 2,6-Lutidine (17.7 mL, 152 mmol), and 1-methylimidazole (0.401 mL, 5.06 mmol) dropwise over 10 minutes. The bath was allowed to warm to ambient temperature as suspension was stirred. After 6 hours, the suspension was poured onto diethyl ether (1 L), stirred 15 minutes, filtered and solid washed with additional ether to afford a white solid (45.4 g). The crude product was purified by chromatography [SiO 2 column (120 gram), DCM/MeOH eluant (gradient 1:0 to 6:4)], and the combined fractions were poured onto diethyl ether (2.5 L), stirred 15 min, filtered, and the resulting solid washed with additional ether to afford the title compound (23.1 g, 60 % yield) as a white solid. ESI/MS calcd. for 1-(4 nitrophenyl)piperazine derivative C 4 sH 7N 8 07 P 888.4, found m/z = 887.6 (M-1).
EXAMPLE 12 3-(TERT-BUTYLDISULFANYL)-2-(ISOBUTOXYCARBONYLAMINO)PROPANOIC ACID
HN S 'S OH 2 0
To S-tert-butylmercapto-L-cysteine (10g, 47.8mmol) in CH3CN (40mL) was added K 2 C03 (16.5g, 119.5mmol) in H2 0 (20mL). After stirring for 15 minutes, iso-butyl chloroformate (9.4mL, 72mmol) was injected slowly. The reaction was allowe to run for 3 hours. The white solid was filtered through Celite; the filtrate was concentrated to remove CH3CN. The residue was dissolved in ethyl acetate (200mL), washed with IN HCl (40ml X 3), brine (40 X 1), dried over Na2 SO4 . Desired product (2) was obtained after chromatography (5% MeOH/DCM).
EXAMPLE 13 TERT-BUTYL 4-(3-(TERT-BUTYLDISULFANYL)-2
(ISOBUTOXYCARBONYLAMINO)PROPANAMIDO)PIPERIDINE-1-CARBOXYLATE
0}-O/ HN >--..'S N NBoc
30
To the acid (compound 2 from Example 12, 6.98g, 22.6mmol) in DMF (50ml was added HATU (8.58g, 22.6mmol). After 30 min, Hunig base (4.71ml, 27.1mmol) and 1-Boc-4-amino piperidine (5.43g, 27.1mmol) were added to the mixture. The reaction was continued stirring at RT for another 3h. DMF was removed at high vacuum, the crude residue was dissolved in EtAc (300ml), washed with H 2 0 (50ml X 3). The final product (3) was obtained after ISCO purification (5% MeOH/DCM).
EXAMPLE 14 ISOBUTYL 3-(TERT-BUTYLDISULFANYL)-1-OXO-1-(PIPERIDIN-4-YLAMINO)PROPAN-2 YLCARBAMATE
To compound 3 prepared in Example 13 (7.085g, 18.12mmol) was added 30ml of 4M HCl/Dioxane. The reaction was completed after 2h at RT. The HCl salt (4) was used for the next step without further purification.
EXAMPLE 15 ISOBUTYL 3-(TERT-BUTYLDISULFANYL)-1-(1-(DICHLOROPHOSPHORYL)PIPERIDIN-4 YLAMINO)-1-OXOPROPAN-2-YLCARBAMATE
HNH H CN C S' N- O 0 CI 5
To compound 4 prepared in Example 15 (7.746g, 18.12mmol) in DCM (200ml) at -78 °C was slowly injected POCl3 (1.69ml, 18.12mmol) under Ar, followed by the addition of Et3 N (7.58ml, 54.36mmol). The reaction was stirred at RT for 5h, concentrated to remove excess base and solvent. The product (5) was given as white solid after ISCO purification (50% EtAc/Hexane).
EXAMPLE 16 ISOBUTYL 3-(TERT-BUTYLDISULFANYL)-1-(1-(CHLORO(((2S,6R)-6-(5-METHYL-2,4 DIOXO-3,4-DIHIYDROPYRIMID1N-1(2H)-YL)-4-TRITYLMORPHOL1N-2
YL)METHOXY)PHOSPHORYL)PIPERIDIN-4-YLAMINO)-1-OXOPROPAN-2-YLCARBAMATE
H CI N N- O S's 0 0 r)Y 6 O N NH
N Tr
To 1-((2R,6S)-6-(hydroxymethyl)-4-tritylmorpholin-2-yl)-5 methylpyrimidine-2,4(1H,3H)-dione (moT(Tr)) (5.576g, 10.98mmol) in DCM (100ml) at 0°C, was added lutidine (1.92ml, 16.47mmol) and DMAP (669mg, 5.5mmol), followed by the addition of 4 (6.13g, 12.08mmol). The reaction was left stirring at RT for 18h. The desired product (6) was obtained after ISCO purification (50% EtAc/Hexane).
EXAMPLE 17 ((2S,6R)-6-(5-METHYL-2,4-DIOXO-3,4-DIHYDROPYRIMIDIN-1(2H)-YL)-4 TRITYLMORPHOLIN-2-YL)METHYLHEXYL(METHYL)PHOSPHORAMIDOCHLORIDATE
I N-P=O NH N-P--O O
O> N NH
N Tr A DCM (80ml) solution of N-hydroxylmethylamine (4.85ml, 32mmol) was cooled down to -78 0 C under N2. A solution of phosphoryl chloride (2.98ml, 32mmol) in DCM (10ml), followed by a solution of Et3 N (4.46ml, 32mmol) in DCM (1Oml), was added slowly. The stirring was continued while the reaction was allowed to warm to RT overnight. The desired product (1) was given as clear oil after ISCO purification (20% EtAc/Hexane).
To moT(Tr) (5.1Og, 10.54mmol) in DCM (100ml) at 0°C, was added lutidine (3.68ml, 31.6mmol) and DMAP (642mg, 5.27mmol), followed by the addition of 1 (4.89g, 21.08mmol). The reaction was left stirring at RT for 18h. The desired product (2) was obtained after ISCO purification (50% EtOAc/Hexane).
EXAMPLE 18 ((2S,6R)-6-(5-METHYL-2,4-DIOXO-3,4-DIHYDROPYRIMIDIN-1(2H)-YL)-4 TRITYLMORPHOLIN-2-YL)METHYLDODECYL(METHYL)PHOSPHORAMIDOCHLORIDATE
N-P=O N-P=O NH I 0 O N Y NH
N Tr
The title compound was prepared according to the general procedures described in Examples 6 and 8.
EXAMPLE 19 ((2S,6R)-6-(5-METHYL-2,4-DIOXO-3,4-DIHYDROPYRIMIDIN-1(2H)-YL)-4 TRITYLMORPHOLIN-2-YL)METHYLMORPHOLINOPHOSPHONOCHLORIDATE
CI CI 0 N-P=O : O N-P=O 0 NH \ 0
N Tr
The title compound was prepared according to the general procedures described in Examples 6 and 8.
EXAMPLE 20 ((2S,6R)-6-(5-METHYL-2,4-DIOXO-3,4-DIHYDROPYRIMIDIN-1(2H)-YL)-4 TRITYLMORPHOLIN-2-YL)METHYL (S)-2-(METHOXYMETHYL)PYRROLIDIN-1
ACN-F S-N-P=OJ0 CNCI=
N Tr The title compound was prepared according to the general procedures described in Examples 6 and 8.
EXAMPLE 21 ((2S,6R)-6-(5-METHYL-2,4-DIOXO-3,4-DIHYDROPYRIMIDIN-1(2H)-YL)-4 TRITYLMORPHOLIN-2-YL)METHYL4-(3,4,5-TRIMETHOXYBENZAMIDO)PIPERIDIN-1
Boc Mo 0 NC oc0 N e MeO HN No MeO - N-C NH - H H 7N MeO NH 2 8 OMe OMe
0 C1 o CI MeO N N-P=O MeO N N-PO0Me H 0 I H I Me0 c Y OMe 10 ON NH MeO 9 CI OMe N O Tr
To 1-Boc-4-piperidine (lg, 5mmol) in DCM (20ml) was added Hunig base (1.74ml, 1Ommol), followed by the addition of 3,4,5-trimethoxybenzoyl chloride (1.38g, 6mmol). The reaction was run at RT for 3h, concentrated to remove solvent and excess base. The residue was dissolved in EtAc (100ml), washed with 0.05N HCl (3 X 15ml), sat. NaHCO3 (2 X 15ml), dried over Na2 SO 4 . Product (1) was obtained after ISCO purification (5% MeOH/DCM).
To 7 was added 15ml of 4N HCl/Dioxane, reaction was terminated after 4h. 8 was obtained as white solid. A DCM (20ml) solution of 8 (1.23g, 4.18mmol) was cooled down to 78 0C under N 2. A solution of phosphoryl chloride (0.39ml, 4.18mmol) in DCM (2ml), followed by a solution of Et 3 N (0.583ml, 4.18mmol) in DCM (2ml), was added slowly. The stirring was continued while the reaction was allowed to warm to RT overnight. The desired product (9) was obtained after ISCO purification (50% EtAc/Hexane). To moT(Tr) (1.933g, 4.Ommol) in DCM (20ml) at 0°C, was added lutidine (0.93ml, 8mmol) and DMAP (49mg, 0.4mmol), followed by the addition of 9 (1.647g, 4mmol). The reaction was left stirring at RT for 18h. The desired product (10) was obtained after ISCO purification (50% EtAc/Hexane).
EXAMPLE 22 SYNTHESIS OF CYCLOPHOSPHORAMIDE CONTAINING SUBUNIT (CPT)
0 l0 y HOyo CI 00 OH NH, OHHN ,ONyNH HO ONNH O ON YNH O N O DCM N Substitution Phf Ph Ph-fPh NIPh Ph Ph Ph Tosylation Ph Ph IP PO0l3IActivation DIEA
0'P N 0f;NyNH N0N ° NO Ph Ph Ph
The moT subunit (25 g) was suspended in DCM (175 ml) and NMI (N methylimidazole, 5.94 g, 1.4 eq.) was added to obtain a clear solution. Tosyl chloride was added to the reaction mixture, and the reaction progress was monitored by TLC until done (about 2 hours). An aqueous workup was performed by washing with 0.5 M citric acid buffer (pH=5), followed by brine. The organic layer was separated and dried over Na2SO4. Solvent was removed with a rotavaporator to obtain the crude product which was used in the next step without further purification. The moT Tosylate prepared above was mixed with propanolamine (Ig/10 ml). The reaction mixture was then placed in an oven at 45 °C overnight followed by dilution with DCM (10 ml). An aqueous workup was performed by washing with 0.5 M citric acid buffer (pH=5), followed by brine. The organic layer was separated and dried over Na2 SO4 . Solvent was removed with a rotavaporator to obtain the crude product. The curde product was analyzed by NMR and HPLC and determined to be ready for the next step without further purification. The crude product was dissolved in DCM (2.5 ml DCM/g, 1 eq.) and mixed with DIEA (3 eq.). This solution was cooled with dry ice-acetone and POCl3 was added dropwise (1.5 eq.). The resultant mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. An aqueous workup was performed by washing with 0.5 M citric acid buffer (pH=5), followed by brine. The organic layer was separated and dried over Na2 SO4
. Solvent was removed with a rotavaporator to obtain the crude product as a yellowish solid. The crude product was purified by silica gel chromatography (crude product/silica=1 to 5 ratio, gradient DCM to 50% EA/DCM), and fractions were pooled according to TLC analysis. Solvent was removed to obtain the desired product as a mixture of diastereomers. The purified product was analyzed by HPLC (NPP quench) and NMR (H-i and P-31 ). The diastereomeric mixture was separated according to the following procedure. The mixture (2.6 g) was dissolved in DCM. This sample was loaded on a RediSepRf column (80 g normal phase made by Teledyne Isco) and eluted with 10% EA/DCM to 50% EA/DCM over 20 minutes. Fractions were collected and analyzed by TLC. Fractions were pooled according to TLC analysis, and solvent was removed with a rotavaporator at room temperature. The diastereomeric ratio of ther pooled fractions was determined by P-31 NMR and NPP-TFA analysis. If needed, the above procedure was repeated until the diastereomeric ratio reached 97%.
EXAMPLE 23 GLOBAL CHOLIC ACID MODIFICATION OF PMOPLUS
0 0 OH6
OH OH O N DCM OH N 06H THIFOH 0 OH C4H 5NO3 THF C24H5 4 05 8. Mol. Wt.: 115.09 OH C 28 H43NO 7 4.0 g Mol. Wt.: 505.64 12 g 34.8 mmol 29.4 mmol N=C=N N" N HC 61-, C 81H 18ClN 3 N Mol. Wt 191.70 C 7H1 0N2 5.6 g Mol. Wt.: 122.17 29.3 mmol ig 8.2 mmol
, O B O N0B 0 B N O OH N DMSO NH 3-H 20 N HN OH 500 ul N B
MW:7076 OH N Chemical Formula: C 28H 43NO 7 AC CA 09DE14-J(A7 to F7) Molecular Weight: 505.64352 NG-09-0367 3 plu site 404-152 Molecular Weight: 391.56 7076+4*391 3'-end H 13 mg 77+*9 20 mg 25 ummol 7467 2.8 umol 8249 8640
The succinimide activated cholic acid derivative was prepared according to the following procedure. Cholic acid (12 g, 29.4 mmol), N-hydroxysuccinimide (4.0 g,34.8 mmol), EDCI (5.6 g, 29.3 mmol), and DMAP (1 g, 8.2 mmol) were charged to a round bottom flask. DCM (400 ml) and THF (40 ml) were added to dissolve. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. Water (400 ml) was then added to the reaction mixture, the organic layer separated and washed with water (2X 400 ml), followed by sat. NaHCO 3 (300 ml) and brine (300 ml). The organic layer was then dried over Na2 SO4 . Solvent was removed with rotavaporator to obtain a white
solid. The crude product was dissolved in chloroform (100 ml) and precipitated into heptane (1000 ml). The solid was collected by filtration, analyzed by HPLC and NMR and used without further purification. An appropriate amount of PMOplus (20 mg, 2.8 mol) was weighed into a vial (4 ml) and dissolved in DMSO (500 ul). The activated cholate ester (13 mg, 25 tmol) was added to the reaction mixture according to the ratio of two equivalent of active ester per modification site followed by stirring at room temperature overnight. Reaction progress was determined by MALDI and HPLC (C-18 or SAX). After the reaction was complete (as determined by disappearance of starting PMOplus), 1ml of concentrated ammonia was added to the reaction mixture once the reaction is complete. The reaction vial was then placed in an oven (450 C) overnight (18 hours) followed by cooling to room temperature and dilution with1% ammonia in water (10 ml). This sample was loaded on to an SPE column (2 cm), and the vial rinsed with 1% ammonia solution (2X 2ml). The SPE column was washed with 1% ammonia in water (3X 6ml), and the product eluted with 45% acetonitrile in 1% ammonia in water (6 ml). Fractions containing oligomer were identified by UV optical density measurement. Product was isolated by lyophilization. Purity and identity were determined by MALDI and HPLC (C-18 and/or SAX). This same procedure is applicable to deoxycholic acid activation and conjugation to a PMO*.
EXAMPLE 24 GLOBAL GUANIDINYLATION OF PMOPLUS
An appropriate amount of PMOplus (25 mg, 2.8 mol) was weighed into a vial (6 ml). 1H-Pyrozole-1-carboxamidine chloride (15 mg, 102 mol) and potassium carbonate (20 mg, 0.15 mmol) were added to the vial. Water was added (500 ul), and the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight (about 18 hours). Reaction completion was determined by MALDI. Once complete, the reaction was diluted with 1% ammonia in water (10 ml) and loaded on to an SPE column (2 cm). The vial was rinsed with 1% ammonia solution (2X 2ml), and the SPE column was washed with 1% ammonia in water (3X 6ml). Product was eluted with 45% acetonitrile in 1% ammonia in water (6 ml). Fractions containing oligomer were identified by UV optical density measurement. Product was isolated by lyophilization. Purity and identity were determined by MALDI and HPLC (C-18 and/or SAX).
EXAMPLE 25 GLOBAL THIOACETYL MODIFICATION OF PMOPLUS (M23D)
B A0 O..B /O
O 0 0 0 B N- 0 O OB 0 NNSD 0 D0 B
HNJ N~ S N0 N0 500 ul MW: 8710 S MW: 8710*117n 10Feb16-J(D1) Chemical Formula: C8H 9N0 5S NG-09-0719 Exact Mass: 231.0 8906 9061 M23D SATA Exact Mass: 117.0 9178 3plu site N-succinimidyl-S-acetylthioacetate A 3'-end H IAmmonolysis
20 mg B 2.3 umol 7 mg O 28 umol 3 eq. N
0 B N O
8710+n*75 HS 8785 Exact Mass: 75.0 8860 8935 9010
An appropriate amount of PMOplus (20 mg, 2.3 mol) was weighed in to a vial (4 ml) and dissolved in DMSO (500 ul). N-succinimidyl-S-acetylthioacetate (SATA) (7 mg, 28 mol) was added to the reaction mixture, and it was allowed to stir at room temperature overnight. Reaction progress was monitored by MALDI and HPLC. Once complete, 1% ammonia in water was added to the reaction mixture, and it was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. This solution was loaded on to an SPE column (2 cm), The vial was rinsed with1% ammonia solution (2X 2ml), and the SPE column was washed with 1% ammonia in water (3X 6ml). Product was eluted with 45% acetonitrile in 1% ammonia in water (6 ml). Fractions containing oligomer were identified by UV optical density measurement. Product was isolated by lyophilization. Purity and identity were determined by MALDI and HPLC (C-18 and/or SAX).
EXAMPLE 26 GLOBAL SuCCINIC ACID MODIFICATION OF PMOPLUS
O 0 DMSO NH 3-H O O/ O B OTB
0J N N Chemical Formula: C 4H4 0 3 O HO Molecular Weight: 100.07276 O MW: 8710 N 10FE02-R(A7) 10 mg HO NG-09-0719 100 umol Chemical Formula: C6 H 13NO Chemical Formula: C 4H50 3 3 plus site
* 3-end H Molecular Weight: 115.17352 Molecular Weight: 101.08070 32 mg d=0.91 8710+4*100 3.7 umol 100 umol 8810 12 mg 8910 13 ul 910
An appropriate amount of PMOplus (32 mg, 3.7 mol) was weighed in to a vial (4 ml) and dissolved in DMSO (500 ul). N-ethyl morpholino (12 mg, 100 imol) and succinic anhydride (10 mg, 100 mol) were added to the reaction mixture, and it was allowed to stir at room temperature overnight. Reaction progress was monitored by MALDI and HPLC. Once complete, 1% ammonia in water was added to the reaction mixture, and it was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. This solution was loaded on to an SPE column (2 cm), The vial was rinsed with1% ammonia solution (2X 2ml), and the SPE column was washed with 1% ammonia in water (3X 6ml). Product was eluted with 45% acetonitrile in 1% ammonia in water (6 ml). Fractions containing oligomer were identified by UV optical density measurement. Product was isolated by lyophilization. Purity and identity were determined by MALDI and HPLC (C-18 and/or SAX). The above procedure is applicable to glutartic acid (glutaric anhydride) and tetramethyleneglutaric acid (tetramethyleneglutaric anhydride) modification of PMOplus as well. o o o
Glutaric anhydride Tetramethylenglutaric anhydride
EXAMPLE 27 PREPARATION OF AN OLIGONUCLEOTIDE ANALOGUE COMPRISING A MODIFIED
To a solution of a 25-mer PMO containing a free 3'-end (27.7 mg, 3.226 tmol) in DMSO (300 tL) was added farnesyl bromide(1.751, 6.452 mol) and diisopropylethylamine (2.24 L, 12.9 mol). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 5 hours. The crude reaction mixture was diluted with 10 mL of1% aqueous NH 40H, and then loaded onto a 2 mL Amberchrome CG300M column. The column was then rinsed with 3 column volumes of water, and the product was eluted with 6 mL of 1:1 acetonitrile and water (v/v). The solution was then lyophilized to obtain the title compound as a white solid.
EXAMPLE 28 PREPARATION OF MORPHOLINO OLIGOMERS
Preparation of trityl piperazine phenyl carbamate 35 (see Figure 3): To a cooled suspension of compound 11 in dichloromethane (6 mL/g 11) was added a solution of potassium carbonate (3.2 eq) in water (4 mL/g potassium carbonate). To this two-phase mixture was slowly added a solution of phenyl chloroformate (1.03 eq) in dichloromethane (2 g/g phenyl chloroformate). The reaction mixture was warmed to 20 °C. Upon reaction completion (1-2 hr), the layers were separated. The organic layer was washed with water, and dried over anhydrous potassium carbonate. The product 35 was isolated by crystallization from acetonitrile. Yield = 80% Preparation of carbamate alcohol 36: Sodium hydride (1.2 eq) was suspended in 1-methyl-2-pyrrolidinone (32 mL/g sodium hydride). To this suspension were added triethylene glycol (10.0 eq) and compound 35 (1.0 eq). The resulting slurry was heated to 95 °C. Upon reaction completion (1-2 hr), the mixture was cooled to 20 °C. To this mixture was added 30% dichloromethane/methyl tert-butyl ether (v:v) and water. The product-containing organic layer was washed successively with aqueous NaOH, aqueous succinic acid, and saturated aqueous sodium chloride. The product 36 was isolated by crystallization from dichloromethane/methyl tert-butyl ether/heptane. Yield = 90%.
Preparation of Tail acid 37: To a solution of compound 36 in tetrahydrofuran (7 mL/g 36) was added succinic anhydride (2.0 eq) and DMAP (0.5 eq). The mixture was heated to 50 °C. Upon reaction completion (5 hr), the mixture was cooled to 20 °C and adjusted to pH 8.5 with aqueous NaHCO3. Methyl tert-butyl ether was added, and the product was extracted into the aqueous layer. Dichloromethane was added, and the mixture was adjusted to pH 3 with aqueous citric acid. The product containing organic layer was washed with a mixture of pH=3 citrate buffer and saturated aqueous sodium chloride. This dichloromethane solution of 37 was used without isolation in the preparation of compound 38. Preparation of 38: To the solution of compound 37 was added N hydroxy-5-norbomene-2,3-dicarboxylic acid imide (HONB) (1.02 eq), 4 dimethylaminopyridine (DMAP) (0.34 eq), and then 1-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-N' ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride (EDC) (1.1 eq). The mixture was heated to 55 °C. Upon reaction completion (4-5 hr), the mixture was cooled to 20 °C and washed successively with 1:10.2 M citric acid/brine and brine. The dichloromethane solution underwent solvent exchange to acetone and then to N,N-dimethylformamide, and the product was isolated by precipitation from acetone/ N,N-dimethylformamide into saturated aqueous sodium chloride. The crude product was reslurried several times in water to remove residual N,N-dimethylformamide and salts. Yield = 70% of 38 from compound 36. Introduction of the activated "Tail" onto the disulfide anchor-resin was performed in NMP by the procedure used for incorporation of the subunits during solid phase synthesis. Preparation of the Solid Support for Synthesis of Morpholino Oligomers: This procedure was performed in a silanized, jacketed peptide vessel (custom made by ChemGlass, NJ, USA) with a coarse porosity (40-60 gm) glass frit, overhead stirrer, and 3-way Teflon stopcock to allow N2 to bubble up through the frit or a vacuum extraction. Temperature control was achieved in the reaction vessel by a circulating water bath. The resin treatment/wash steps in the following procedure consist of two basic operations: resin fluidization and solvent/solution extraction. For resin fluidization, the stopcock was positioned to allow N2 flow up through the frit and the specified resin treatment/wash was added to the reactor and allowed to permeate and completely wet the resin. Mixing was then started and the resin slurry mixed for the specified time. For solvent/solution extraction, mixing and N2 flow were stopped and the vacuum pump was started and then the stopcock was positioned to allow evacuation of resin treatment/wash to waste. All resin treatment/wash volumes were 15 mL/g of resin unless noted otherwise. To aminomethylpolystyrene resin (100-200 mesh; ~1.0 mmol/g N2 substitution; 75 g, 1 eq, Polymer Labs, UK, part #1464-X799) in a silanized, jacketed peptide vessel was added 1-methyl-2-pyrrolidinone (NMP; 20 ml/g resin) and the resin was allowed to swell with mixing for 1-2 hr. Following evacuation of the swell solvent, the resin was washed with dichloromethane (2 x 1-2 min), 5% diisopropylethylamine in 25% isopropanol/dichloromethane (2 x 3-4 min) and dichloromethane (2 x 1-2 min). After evacuation of the final wash, the resin was fluidized with a solution of disulfide anchor 34 in 1-methyl-2-pyrrolidinone (0.17 M; 15 mL/g resin, ~2.5 eq) and the resin/reagent mixture was heated at 45 °C for 60 hr. On reaction completion, heating was discontinued and the anchor solution was evacuated and the resin washed with 1 methyl-2-pyrrolidinone (4 x 3-4 min) and dichloromethane (6 x 1-2 min). The resin was treated with a solution of 10% (v/v) diethyl dicarbonate in dichloromethane (16 mL/g; 2 x 5-6 min) and then washed with dichloromethane (6 x 1-2 min). The resin 39 (see Figure 4) was dried under a N2 stream for 1-3 hr and then under vacuum to constant weight ( 2%). Yield: 110-150% of the original resin weight. Determination of the Loading of Aminomethylpolystyrene-disulfide resin: The loading of the resin (number of potentially available reactive sites) is determined by a spectrometric assay for the number of triphenylmethyl (trityl) groups per gram of resin. A known weight of dried resin (25 3 mg) is transferred to a silanized 25 ml volumetric flask and ~5 mL of 2% (v/v) trifluoroacetic acid in dichloromethane is added. The contents are mixed by gentle swirling and then allowed to stand for 30 min. The volume is brought up to 25 mL with additional 2% (v/v) trifluoroacetic acid in dichloromethane and the contents thoroughly mixed. Using a positive displacement pipette, an aliquot of the trityl-containing solution (500 pL) is transferred to a 10 mL volumetric flask and the volume brought up to 10 mL with methanesulfonic acid.
The trityl cation content in the final solution is measured by UV absorbance at 431.7 nm and the resin loading calculated in trityl groups per gram resin (pimol/g) using the appropriate volumes, dilutions, extinction coefficient (F: 41 mol lcm-1) and resin weight. The assay is performed in triplicate and an average loading calculated. The resin loading procedure in this example will provide resin with a loading of approximately 500 pmol/g. A loading of 300-400 in mol/g was obtained if the disulfide anchor incorporation step is performed for 24 hr at room temperature. Tail loading: Using the same setup and volumes as for the preparation of aminomethylpolystyrene-disulfide resin, the Tail can be introduced into the molecule. For the coupling step, a solution of 38 (0.2 M) in NMP containing 4-ethylmorpholine (NEM, 0.4 M) was used instead of the disulfide anchor solution. After 2 hr at 45 °C, the resin 39 was washed twice with 5% diisopropylethylamine in 25% isopropanol/dichloromethane and once with DCM. To the resin was added a solution of benzoic anhydride (0.4 M) and NEM (0.4 M). After 25 min, the reactorjacket was cooled to room temperature, and the resin washed twice with 5% diisopropylethylamine in 25% isopropanol/dichloromethane and eight times with DCM. The resin 40 was filtered and dried under high vacuum. The loading for resin 40 is defined to be the loading of the original aminomethylpolystyrene-disulfide resin 39 used in the Tail loading. Solid Phase Synthesis: Morpholino Oligomers were prepared on a Gilson AMS-422 Automated Peptide Synthesizer in 2 mL Gilson polypropylene reaction columns (Part # 3980270). An aluminum block with channels for water flow was placed around the columns as they sat on the synthesizer. The AMS-422 will alternatively add reagent/wash solutions, hold for a specified time, and evacuate the columns using vacuum. For oligomers in the range up to about 25 subunits in length, aminomethylpolystyrene-disulfide resin with loading near 500 pmol/g of resin is preferred. For larger oligomers, aminomethylpolystyrene-disulfide resin with loading of 300-400 pmol/g of resin is preferred. If a molecule with 5'-Tail is desired, resin that has been loaded with Tail is chosen with the same loading guidelines. The following reagent solutions were prepared:
Detritylation Solution: 10% Cyanoacetic Acid (w/v) in 4:1 dichloromethane/acetonitrile; Neutralization Solution: 5%Diisopropylethylaminein 3:1dichloromethane/isopropanol; Coupling Solution: 0.18M(or0.24Mforoligomers having grown longer than 20 subunits) activated Morpholino Subunit of the desired base and linkage type and 0.4 M N ethylmorpholine, in 1,3-dimethylimidazolidinone. Dichloromethane (DCM) was used as a transitional wash separating the different reagent solution washes. On the synthesizer, with the block set to 42 °C, to each column containing 30 mg of aminomethylpolystyrene-disulfide resin (or Tail resin) was added 2 mL of 1-methyl-2-pyrrolidinone and allowed to sit at room temperature for 30 min. After washing with 2 times 2 mL of dichloromethane, the following synthesis cycle was employed: Step Volume Delivery Hold time Detritylation 1.5 mL Manifold 15 seconds Detritylation 1.5 mL Manifold 15 seconds Detritylation 1.5 mL Manifold 15 seconds Detritylation 1.5 mL Manifold 15 seconds Detritylation 1.5 mL Manifold 15 seconds Detritylation 1.5 mL Manifold 15 seconds Detritylation 1.5 mL Manifold 15 seconds DCM 1.5 mL Manifold 30 seconds Neutralization 1.5 mL Manifold 30 seconds Neutralization 1.5 mL Manifold 30 seconds Neutralization 1.5 mL Manifold 30 seconds Neutralization 1.5 mL Manifold 30 seconds Neutralization 1.5 mL Manifold 30 seconds Neutralization 1.5 mL Manifold 30 seconds DCM 1.5 mL Manifold 30 seconds Coupling 350 uL - 500 uL Syringe 40 minutes DCM 1.5 mL Manifold 30 seconds Neutralization 1.5 mL Manifold 30 seconds Neutralization 1.5 mL Manifold 30 seconds
DCM 1.5 mL Manifold 30 seconds DCM 1.5 mL Manifold 30 seconds DCM 1.5 mL Manifold 30 seconds
The sequences of the individual oligomers were programmed into the synthesizer so that each column receives the proper coupling solution (A,C,G,T,I) in the proper sequence. When the oligomer in a column had completed incorporation of its final subunit, the column was removed from the block and a final cycle performed manually with a coupling solution comprised of 4-methoxytriphenylmethyl chloride (0.32 M in DMI) containing 0.89 M 4-ethylmorpholine. Cleavage from the resin and removal of bases and backbone protecting groups: After methoxytritylation, the resin was washed 8 times with 2 mL -methyl-2 pyrrolidinone. One mL of a cleavage solution consisting of 0.1 M 1,4-dithiothreitol (DTT) and 0.73 M triethylamine in 1-methyl-2-pyrrolidinone was added, the column capped, and allowed to sit at room temperature for 30 min. After that time, the solution was drained into a 12 mL Wheaton vial. The greatly shrunken resin was washed twice with 300 gL of cleavage solution. To the solution was added 4.0 mL conc aqueous ammonia (stored at -20 C), the vial capped tightly (with Teflon lined screw cap), and the mixture swirled to mix the solution. The vial was placed in a 45 °C oven for 16-24 hr to effect cleavage of base and backbone protecting groups. Initial Oligomer Isolation: The vialed ammonolysis solution was removed from the oven and allowed to cool to room temperature. The solution was diluted with 20 mL of 0.28% aqueous ammonia and passed through a 2.5x10 cm column containing Macroprep HQ resin (BioRad). A salt gradient (A: 0.28% ammonia withB: 1 M sodium chloride in 0.28% ammonia; 0-100% Bin 60 min) was used to elute the methoxytrityl containing peak. The combined fractions were pooled and further processed depending on the desired product. Demethoxytritylation of Morpholino Oligomers: The pooled fractions from the Macroprep purification were treated with 1 M H3PO4 to lower the pH to 2.5. After initial mixing, the samples sat at room temperature for 4 min, at which time they are neutralized to pH 10-11 with 2.8% ammonia/water. The products were purified by solid phase extraction (SPE).
Amberchrome CG-300M (Rohm and Haas; Philadelphia, PA) (3 mL) is packed into 20 mL fitted columns (BioRad Econo-Pac Chromatography Columns (732-1011)) and the resin rinsed with 3 mL of the following: 0.28% NH40H/80% acetonitrile; 0.5M NaOH/20%ethanol; water; 50 mM H3PO4/80% acetonitrile; water; 0.5 NaOH/20% ethanol; water; 0.28% NH40H. The solution from the demethoxytritylation was loaded onto the column and the resin rinsed three times with 3-6 mL 0.28% aqueous ammonia. A Wheaton vial (12 mL) was placed under the column and the product eluted by two washes with 2 mL of 45% acetonitrile in 0.28% aqueous ammonia. The solutions were frozen in dry ice and the vials placed in a freeze dryer to produce a fluffy white powder. The samples were dissolved in water, filtered through a 0.22 micron filter (Pall Life Sciences, Acrodisc 25 mm syringe filter, with a 0.2 micron HT Tuffryn membrane) using a syringe and the Optical Density (OD) was measured on a UV spectrophotometer to determine the OD units of oligomer present, as well as dispense sample for analysis. The solutions were then placed back in Wheaton vials forlyophilization. Analysis of Morpholino Oligomers: MALDI-TOF mass spectrometry was used to determine the composition of fractions in purifications as well as provide evidence for identity (molecular weight) of the oligomers. Samples were run following dilution with solution of 3,5-dimethoxy-4-hydroxycinnamic acid (sinapinic acid), 3,4,5 trihydoxyacetophenone (THAP) or alpha-cyano-4-hydoxycinnamic acid (HCCA) as matrices. Cation exchange (SCX) HPLC was performed using a Dionex ProPac SCX-10, 4x250mm column (Dionex Corporation; Sunnyvale, CA) using 25 mM pH=5 sodium acetate 25% acetonitrile (Buffer A) and 25 mM pH=5 sodium acetate 25% acetonitrile 1.5 M potassium chloride (buffer B) (Gradient 10-100% B in 15 min) or 25 mM KH2PO4 25% acetonitrile at pH=3.5 (buffer A) and 25 mM KH2PO4 25% acetonitrile at pH=3.5 with 1.5 M potassium chloride (buffer B) (Gradient 0-35% B in 15 min). The former system was used for positively charged oligomers that do not have a peptide attached, while the latter was used for peptide conjugates. Purification of Morpholino Oligomers by Cation Exchange Chromatography: The sample is dissolved in 20 mM sodium acetate, pH=4.5 (buffer A) and applied to a column of Source 30 cation exchange resin (GE Healthcare) and eluted with a gradient of 0.5 M sodium chloride in 20 mM sodium acetate and 40% acetonitrile, pH=4.5 (buffer B). The pooled fractions containing product are neutralized with conc aqueous ammonia and applied to an Amberchrome SPE column. The product is eluted, frozen, and lyophilized as above.
EXAMPLE 29 PREPARATION OF AN EXEMPLARY CONJUGATE
The peptide sequence AcR 6 G was prepared according to standard peptide syhtentic methods known in the art. To a solution of the PMO (NG-05-0225, 3'-H: M23D :5'-EG3, a sequence for binding to exon 23 of the mdx mouse, 350 mg, 1 eq), AcR6G (142 mg, 2 eq), HATU (31 mg, 2 eq) in DMSO (3 mL) was added diisopropylethylamine (36 L, 5eq) at room temperature. After 1 hour, the reaction was worked up and the desired peptide-oligomer conjugate was purified by SCX chromatography (eluting with a gradient: A: 20 mM NaH2PO4 in 25% acetonitrile/H20, pH 7.0; B: 1.5 M guanidine HCl and 20 mM NaH2PO4 in 25% acetonitrile/H20, pH 7.0). The combined fractions were subjected to solid phase extraction (IM NaCl, followed by water elution). The conjugate was obtained as a white powder (257 mg, 65.5% yield) after lyophilization.
EXAMPLE 30 TREATMENT OF MDX MICE WITH EXEMPLARY CONJUGATES OF THE INVENTION
The MDX mouse is an accepted and well-characterized animal model for Duchene muscular dystrophy (DMD) containing a mutation in exon 23 of the dystrophin gene. The M23D antisense sequence (SEQ ID NO:15) is known to induce exon 23 skipping and restoration of functional dystrophin expression. MDX mice were dosed once (50 mg/kg) by tail vein injection with one of the following conjugates: 1. 5'-EG3-M23D-BX(RXRRBR) 2 (AV15225); 2. 5'-EG3-M23D-G(R) 5 (NG-11-0045); 3. 5'-EG3-M23D-G(R) 6 (NG-11-0009); 4. 5'-EG3-M23D-G(R) 7 (NG-11-0010); or 5. 5'-EG3-M23D-G(R)s (NG-11-0216) wherein M23D is a morpholino olionucleotide having the sequence GGCCAAACCTCGGCTTACCTGAAAT and "EG3" refers to the following structure: 0 linked to the 5' end of the oligomer via a piperazine linker (i.e., structure XXIX). One week post-injection, the MDX mice were sacrificed and RNA was extracted from various muscle tissues. End-point PCR was used to determine the relative abundance of dystrophin mRNA containing exon 23 and mRNA lacking exon 23 due to antisense-induced exon skipping. Percent exon 23 skipping is a measure of antisense activity in vivo. Figures 5 and 6 show shows the results from the quadriceps (QC, Figures 5A and 6A), diaphragm (DT, Figures 5B and 6B) and heart (HT, Figures 5C and 6C), respectively one week post-treatment. The dose response between AVI 5225 and the other conjugates was similar. Amongst the arginine series, the R6 G peptide has the highest efficacy in quadriceps and diaphragm and was similar to the other arginine series peptides in heart.
EXAMPLE 31 BUN LEVELS AND SURVIVAL RATES OF MICE TREATED WITH EXEMPLARY CONJUGATES
Mice were treated with the conjugates described in Example 30, and KIM-i levels, BUN levels and survival rate were determined according to the general procedures described in Example 32 below and known in the art. Surprisingly, Figure 7A shows that all glycine linked conjugates had significantly lower BUN levels than the XB linked conjugate (AVI-5225). In addition, mice treated with glycine linked conjugates survived longer at higher doses than the XB linked conjugate (Figure 7B), with the RsG conjugate being the least tolerated of the arginine polymers. All mice treated with the R6 G conjugate (NG-11-0009) survived at doses up to 400mg/kg (data not shown). The KIM-i (Figure 8A) and Clusterin (Figure 8B) levels of mice treated with the glycine linked conjugates was significantly lower than mice treated with AVI 5225. This data indicates that the conjugates of the present invention have lower toxicity than prior conjugates, and as shown above in Example 30, the efficacy of the conjugates is not decreased. Accordingly, the present conjugates have a better therapeutic window than other known conjugates and are potentially better drug candidates.
EXAMPLE 32 TOXICOLOGY OF EXEMPLARY CONJUGATES
Four exemplary conjugates of the invention were tested for their toxicology in mice. The conjugates were as follows: 1. 5'-EG3-M23D-BX(RXRRBR) 2 (AV15225); 2. 5'-EG3-M23D-G(RXRRBR) 2 (NG-11-0654); 3. 5'-EG3-M23D-BX(R) 6 (NG-11-0634); and 4. 5'-EG3-M23D-G(R) 6 (NG-11-0009) wherein M23D is a morpholino olionucleotide having the sequence GGCCAAACCTCGGCTTACCTGAAAT and "EG3" refers to the following structure: 0
linked to the 5' end of the oligomer via a piperazine linker (i.e., structure XXIX). Eight week old male mice (C57/BL6; Jackson Laboratories, 18-22 grams) were treated with the above conjugates formulated in saline. The mice were acclimated for a minimum of five days prior to the commencement of the experimental procedures. The animals were housed up to 3 per cage in clear polycarbonate microisolator cages with certified irradiated contact bedding. The cages conformed to standards set forth in the Animal Welfare Act (with all amendments) and the Guide for the Care and Use of Laboratory Animals, National Academy Press, Washington, D.C., 2010. Animals were randomized into treatment groups based on cage weights specified in the table below. Group allocation was documented in the study records.
Table 8. Toxicology Study Design
Group Oligo Dose per injection Regimen Route of n=3 (mg/kg) Admin. 1 NG-11-0654 50 2 NG-11-0654 100 3 NG-11-0654 150 4 NG-11-0654 200 5 NG-11-0634 50 6 NG-11-0634 100 7 NG-11-0634 150 8 NG-11-0634 200 Single Tail Vein, i.v. 9 NG-11-0009 50 injection 200 pl 10 NG-11-0009 100 11 NG-11-0009 150 12 NG-11-0009 200 13 AVI-5225 25 14 AVI-5225 50 15 AVI-5225 100 16 Vehicle 0
The day of dosing on the study was designated as Study Day 1. Conjugate was administered via tail vein as a slow push bolus (~5 seconds). All animals were dosed over two days. Groups 1 - 8 were dosed on the first day and Groups 9 - 16 were dosed on the second day. Treatment Groups (TG) 13-16 were dosed per the table above. Results from these TGs did not affect progression to other TG. The first 2 TG of each conjugate were dosed per the table above. If all animals in 100mg/kg group died then the remaining TGs of that test article would not be dosed and the study would end. If at least one animal survived 2 hours post-dose in the 100mg/kg group, then the 150mg/kg group was dosed. If all animals in the 150mg/kg group died then the remaining TGs of that test article would not be dosed and the study would end. If at least one animal survived 2 hours post-dose in the 150mg/kg group, then the 200mg/kg group was dosed. Animals were observed for moribundity and mortality once daily. Any animal showing signs of distress, particularly if death appeared imminent was humanely euthanized according to Numira Biosciences Standard Operating Procedures. Body weights were recorded on the day after arrival, the day of dosing, and the day of necropsy. Detailed clinical observations were conducted and recorded at 0 minutes, 15 minutes, and 2 hours post-dose to assess tolerability of injections. Blood samples (maximum volume, approximately 1mL) were obtained from all animals via cardiac puncture 3 days post-dose prior to necropsy. Blood samples were collected into red top microtainer tubes and held at room temperature for at least 30 minutes but no longer than 60 minutes prior to centrifugation. Samples were centrifuged at approximately 1500-2500 rpm for 15-20 minutes to obtain serum. Animals unlikely to survive until the next scheduled observation were weighed and euthanized. Animals found dead were weighed and the time of death was estimated as closely as possible. Blood and tissue samples were not collected. Day 3 (2 days post-dose), all animals were humanely euthanized with carbon dioxide. Euthanasia was performed in accordance with accepted American Veterinary Medical Association (AVMA) guidelines on Euthanasia, June 2007. The partial gross necropsy included examination and documentation of findings. All external surfaces and orifices were evaluated. All abnormalities observed during the collection of the tissues were described completely and recorded. No additional tissues were taken. The right and left kidneys were collected. Tissues were collected within 15 minutes or less of euthanasia. All instruments and tools used were changed between treatment groups. All tissues were flash frozen and stored at < -70°C as soon as possible after collection. Kidney injury marker data was obtained as follows. RNA from mouse kidney tissue was purified using Quick Gene Mini8O Tissue Kit SIT (Fuji Film). Briefly, approximately 40 mg of tissue was added to 0.5 ml lysis buffer (5 pl 2-mercaptoethanol in 0.5 ml lysis buffer) in a MagnaLyser Green Bead vial (Roche) and homogenized using MagNA Lyser (Roche) with 2 sets of 3x 3800 RPM and 3 sets of 1x 6500 RPM. Samples were cooled on ice 3-4 minutes between each low speed set and between each higher speed run. Homogenates were centrifuged 5 minute at 400 x g at room temperature. The homogenate was immediately processed for RNA purification according to the Quick Gene Mini8O protocol. Samples underwent an on-column DNA digestion with DNase I (Qiagen) for 5 minutes. Total RNA was quantitated with a NanoDrop 2000 spectrophotometer (Thermo Scientific).
qRT-PCR was performed using Applied Biosystems reagents (One-step RT-PCR) and pre-designed primer/probe sets (ACTB, GAPDH, KIM-1, Clusterin FAM reporter)
Reagent Company Cat. No. One-step PCR kit Applied Biosystems 4309169 GAPDH mouse primer/probe Applied Biosystems 4352932E set KIM-1 mouse primer/probe set Applied Biosystems Mm00506686_ml
Each reaction contained the following(30 ul total): 15ul 2x qRT-PCR Buffer from ABI One-Step Kit 1.5ul Primer/Probe mix 8.75 ul Nuclease-free water 0.75ul 40x multiscript + RNase inhibitor 4ul RNA template (100ng/ul) The qRT One-Step Program was run as follows: 1. 48C for 30 minutes 2. 95C for 10 minutes 3. 95C for 15 seconds 4. 60C for 1 minute 5. Repeat Steps 3-4 39 times for a total of 40 cycles
Samples were run in triplicate wells and averaged for further analysis. Analysis was performed using AACt method. Briefly, Experimental ACt [Ct(Target) Ct(Reference)] subtracted by Control ACt [Ct(Target) - Ct(Reference)]= AACt. Fold change range calculated: 2A-(AACt+SD) to 2A-(AACt-SD). Control=vehicle treated animal group (pooled), Target=KIM-1; Reference=GAPDH; SD= Sqrt[(SDtargetA2)+(SDrefA2)]. Results of KIM data are shown in Figure 10. Conjugates comprising carrier peptides with terminal glycines had lower KIM concentrations with the R6G peptide having the lowest. Both the terminal G and the presence of unnatural amino acids (aminohexanoic acid) appear to play a role in the toxicity of the conjugates.
Frozen serum samples were sent on dry ice to IDEXX Laboratories (West Sacramento, CA) for processing. Serum dilution was performed per IDEXX Standard Operating Procedures (SOPs) when necessary. Blood chemistry results were were analyzed. Blood urea nitrogen levels are shown in Figure 11. Again, the G-linked conjugate had lower BUN levels and the both the terminal G and overall peptide sequence appear to play a role in the toxicological profile of the conjugates. Kidney tissues (approx. 150 mg) were weighed accurately in a 2 mL screw cap vial partially filled with ceramic beads. Five volume parts Tissue PE LB buffer (G Biosciences) containing 10 U/mL Proteinase K (Sigma) were added to 1 part tissue. Samples were homogenized with a Roche MagnaLyser (4 x 40 sec @ 7,000 rpm, with cooling between runs) and incubated for 30 min at 40°C. When required, tissue homogenates were diluted with BSAsal (3mg/mL BSA + 20mM NaCl) to bring high sample concentrations into the calibration range. Calibration samples were prepared by spiking a solution of 3 mg/mL of BSA in 20 mM NaCl with known amounts of an appropriate analytical reference standard. Duplicate sets of eight samples each were prepared. The ULOQ was 40 gg/mL and LLOQ was 0.065536 gg/mL. An internal standard (NG-07-0775) was added to all samples except some blank samples designated as double blanks (no drug, no internal standard). Samples were extracted by vortexing 100 gL aliquots with 3 volumes of methanol. After centrifugation (15 min, 14,000 rpm) supernatants were transferred to new tubes and dried in a Speedvac. Dried samples were reconstituted with an appropriate amount of FDNA (5' d FAM-ATTTCAGGTAAGCCGAGGTTTGGCC 3') in [10 mM Tris pH 8.0 + 1 mM EDTA + 100 mM NaCl] - acetonitrile (75-25). Samples were analyzed on the Dionex UltiMate 3000 HPLC using anion-exchange chromatography (Dionex DNAPac 4x250 mm column). Injection volume was 5 gL. Mobile phase was composed of 20% acetonitrile and 80% water containing 25 mM Tris pH 8.0 and a gradient of increasing NaCl concentration. Flow rate was 1 mL/min, and run time was 10 min per sample. The fluorescence detector was set to EX 494 nm and EM 520 nm. Peak identification was based on retention time. Peak height ratios (analyte:internal standard) were used for quantitation. Calibration curves were calculated based on the averaged response factors of duplicate calibration samples (one set run at the beginning of the batch, the other at the end of the batch. Linear curve fit with 1/x weighting factor was used. Blank samples (calibration sample with no reference compound added) and double blank samples (on internal standard added) were used to ensure assay specificity and absence of carryover. Figure 12 shows that kidney concentrations were similar amongst the tested conjugates. The above data shows that conjugates of the invention have similar efficacy and improved toxicity compared to other conjugates. Figures 9A-D summarizes these results with respect to an RG conjugate (NG-11-0009).
The various embodiments described above can be combined to provide further embodiments. All of the U.S. patents, U.S. patent application publications, U.S. patent applications, foreign patents, foreign patent applications and non-patent publications referred to in this specification and/or listed in the Application Data Sheet, are incorporated herein by reference, in their entirety. Aspects of the embodiments can be modified, if necessary to employ concepts of the various patents, applications and publications to provide yet further embodiments. These and other changes can be made to the embodiments in light of the above-detailed description. In general, in the following claims, the terms used should not be construed to limit the claims to the specific embodiments disclosed in the specification and the claims, but should be construed to include all possible embodiments along with the full scope of equivalents to which such claims are entitled. Accordingly, the claims are not limited by the disclosure.
Claims (45)
1. A conjugate comprising: (a) a carrier peptide comprising amino acid subunits, the carrier peptide comprising a proline amino acid subunit at the carboxy terminus of the carrier peptide; (b) a phosphorodiamidate morpholino oligonucleotide comprising a substantially uncharged backbone and a targeting base sequence for sequence-specific binding to a target nucleic acid; and (c) a covalent attachment between the phosphorodiamidate morpholino oligonucleotide and the carrier peptide, the covalent attachment comprising the carboxy-terminal proline and an optional linker group; wherein: two or more of the amino acid subunits are positively charged amino acids, no more than seven contiguous amino acid subunits are arginine,, and the covalent attachment between the phosphorodiamidate morpholino oligonucelotide and the carrier peptide is not 6-aminohexanoic acid or P-alanine.
2. The conjugate of claim 1, wherein the carrier peptide comprises from 4 to 40 amino acid subunits, or from 6 to 20 amino acid subunits.
3. The conjugate of claim 1 or claim 2, wherein: (i) the positively charged amino acids are histidine (H), lysine (K), arginine (R) or combinations thereof; (ii) at least one of the positively charged amino acids is arginine; (iii) each of the amino acid subunits, except the carboxy terminal proline, are positively charged amino acids; (iv) each of the positively charged amino acids is arginine; (v) at least one of the positively charged amino acids is an arginine analog, the arginine analog being a cationic a-amino acid comprising a side chain of the structure RaN=C(NH 2)R, where Ra is H or R; Rb is R', NH 2 , NHR, or N(R) 2 , where R' is lower alkyl or lower alkenyl and optionally comprises oxygen or nitrogen or Ra and Rb may together form a ring; and wherein the side chain is linked to the amino acid via Ra or Rb; or
(vi) each amino acid subunit, except the carboxy terminal or proline, is
arginine.
4. The conjugate of any one of claims 1-3, wherein at least 20% of the amino acid
subunits are positively charged amino acids, at least 50% of the amino acid subunits are
positively charged amino acids, or at least 80% of the amino acid subunits are
positively charged amino acids.
5. The conjugate of any one of claims 1-4, wherein the carrier peptide comprises
the sequence (R)m, wherein Rd is independently, at each occurrence, a positively
charged amino acid and m is an integer ranging from 2 to 12.
6. The conjugate of claim 5, wherein Rd is independently, at each occurrence,
arginine, histidine or lysine, or wherein each Rd is arginine.
7. The conjugate of any one of claims 1-6, wherein the carrier peptide comprises at
least one hydrophobic amino acid, the hydrophobic amino acid comprising a substituted
or unsubstituted alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, or aralkyl side chain wherein the alkyl,
alkenyl, and alkynyl side chain includes at most one heteroatom for every six carbon
atoms.
8. The conjugate of claim 7, wherein:
(i) the carrier peptide comprises two or more hydrophobic amino acids;
(ii) the carrier peptide comprises two or more contiguous hydrophobic
amino acids;
(iii) at least one of the hydrophobic amino acids is phenylalanine; or
(iv) each of the hydrophobic amino acids are phenylalanine.
9. The conjugate of claim 1 or claim 2, wherein the carrier peptide comprises at least one neutral amino acid having the following structure (Y):
-C(O)-(CHR°)n-NH
(Yb)
wherein n is 2 to 7 and each R° is independently, at each occurrence, hydrogen or
methyl.
10. The conjugate of claim 9, wherein the carrier peptide comprises the sequence
[(RdYbRd)x(RdRdYb)y]z, wherein Rd is independently, at each occurrence, a positively
charged amino acid and x and y are independently, at each occurrence, 0 or 1, provided
that x + y is 1 or 2 and z is an integer ranging from 1 to 6.
11. The conjugate of claim 10, wherein:
(i) Rd is independently, at each occurrence, arginine, histidine or lysine;
or
(ii) each Rd is arginine.
12. The conjugate of claim 1 or claim 2, wherein the carrier peptide comprises the
sequence ILFQY, ILFQ, IWFQ, ILIQ, PPMWS, PPMWT, PPMFS or PPMYS.
13. The conjugate of claim 1 or claim 2, wherein the carrier peptide comprises at
least one of alanine, asparagine, cysteine, glutamine, glycine, histidine, lysine,
methionine, serine or threonine.
14. The conjugate of any one of claims 1-13, wherein the carrier peptide comprises
an acetyl, benzoyl or steroyl moiety at the amino terminus of the carrier peptide.
15. The conjugate of claim 1 or claim 2, wherein each of the amino acid subunits
are natural amino acids.
16. The conjugate of any one of claims 1-15, wherein the uncharged backbone
comprises a sequence of morpholino ring structures joined by intersubunit linkages, the
intersubunit linkages joining a 3'-end of one morpholino ring structure to a 5'-end of an adjacent morpholino ring structure, wherein each morpholino ring structure is bound to a base-pairing moiety, such that the oligomer can bind in a sequence-specific manner to the target nucleic acid, wherein the intersubunit linkages have the following general structure (I): W
X 3' Y
5' (I)
or a salt or isomer thereof, and wherein each of the intersubunit linkages (I) are independently linkage (A) or linkage (B): wherein for linkage (A): W is, at each occurrence, independently S or 0; X is, at each occurrence, independently -N(CH 3) 2, -NR'R 2 , -OR 3 , or R6
N N-1 R4
R6 R6 (II)
Y is, at each occurrence, independently 0 or -NR2, R' is, at each occurrence, independently hydrogen or methyl; R 2 is, at each occurrence, independently hydrogen or -LNR4 R5 R?; R 3 is, at each occurrence, independently hydrogen or C-C6 alkyl; R4 is, at each occurrence, independently hydrogen, methyl, -C(=NH)NH 2, -Z-L-NHC(=NH)NH 2 or -[C(O)CHR'NH]mH, where Z is carbonyl (C(O)) or a direct bond, R' is a side chain of a naturally occurring amino acid or a one or two-carbon homolog thereof, and m is 1 to 6; RI is, at each occurrence, independently hydrogen, methyl or an electron pair; R 6 is, at each occurrence, independently hydrogen or methyl;
R? is, at each occurrence, independently hydrogen C1 -C 6 alkyl or C1-C6
alkoxyalkyl;
L is an optional linker up to 18 atoms in length comprising alkyl, alkoxy
or alkylamino groups, or combinations thereof; and
wherein for linkage (B):
W is, at each occurrence, independently S or 0;
X is, at each occurrence, independently -NRR 9 or -OR3 ; and
Y is, at each occurrence, independently 0 or -NR10,
R' is, at each occurrence, independently hydrogen or C2 -C1 2 alkyl;
R 9 is, at each occurrence, independently hydrogen, C-C2 alkyl, C-C1 2
aralkyl or aryl;
R1 0 is, at each occurrence, independently hydrogen, C1 -C 12 alkyl or
-LNR4 R5 R7 ;
wherein R' and R 9 may join to form a 5-18 membered mono or bicyclic
heterocycle or R', R9 or R3 may join with R 0 to form a 5-7 membered heterocycle, and
wherein when X is 4-piperazino, X has the following structure (III):
R 12
R1 R 12
wherein:
R" is, at each occurrence, independently C 2 -C1 2 alkyl, C1 -C1 2 aminoalkyl, C 1 -C 12 alkylcarbonyl, aryl, heteroaryl or heterocyclyl; and
R is, at each occurrence, independently an electron pair, hydrogen or C1
C 12 alkyl; and
R12 is, at each occurrence, independently, hydrogen, C1 -C1 2 alkyl, C1 -C1 2 3 4 3 4 5 aminoalkyl, -NH 2 , -CONH 2 , -NR1 R1 , -NR1 R1 R1 , CI-C1 2 alkylcarbonyl, oxo, -CN,
trifluoromethyl, amidyl, amidinyl, amidinylalkyl, amidinylalkylcarbonyl guanidinyl,
guanidinylalkyl, guanidinylalkylcarbonyl, cholate, deoxycholate, aryl, heteroaryl,
heterocycle, -SR 3 or C1 -C 12 alkoxy, wherein R 3, R 4 and R 5 are, at each occurrence,
independently CI-CI2 alkyl.
17. The conjugate of claim 16, wherein: (i) at least one of the morpholino ring structures has the following structure (i):
0 Pi
N
3' (i)
wherein Pi is, at each occurrence, independently a base-pairing moiety; (ii) at least one of the intersubunit linkages is linkage (A); (iii) each of the intersubunit linkages is linkage (A); (iv) each linkage (A) has the same structure at each occurrence; (v) for at least one occurrence of linkage (A), X is -N(CH 3)2 ; (vi) X is -N(CH 3) 2 at each occurrence of linkage (A); (vii) each linkage is linkage (A) and X is -N(CH 3)2 ; (viii) for at least one occurrence of linkage (A), X has the following structure:
R5 -N N-1
(ix) for at least one occurrence of linkage (B), X has the following structure:
H2N N-1
(x) for at least one occurrence of linkage (B), X has the following
structure:
0 HO
N N-\ 0
(xi) W and Y are each 0 at each occurrence;
(xii) at least 5% of the intersubunit linkages are linkage (B); or
(xiii) each linkage (B) has the same structure at each occurrence.
18. The conjugate of claim 16, wherein the nucleic acid analogue has the following structure (XVII): R 19 terminus
LP1 O Pi
N W=P-X Y 0 Pi
N I x W=P-X Y 0 Pi
N R17 L2 R18 3'terminus (XVII)
or a salt or isomer thereof, wherein: 7 R is, at each occurrence, independently absent, hydrogen or C1-C6 alkyl; R' 8 and R19 are, at each occurrence, independently absent, hydrogen, the carrier peptide, C2 -C 3 0 alkylcarbonyl , -C(=O)OR 2 1 or R20. R 20 is, at each occurrence, independently guanidinyl, heterocyclyl, C1 C3o alkyl, C3-C8 cycloalkyl; C-C3o aryl, C7-C3o aralkyl, C3-C3o alkylcarbonyl, C3-C
cycloalkylcarbonyl, C 3 -C8 cycloalkylalkylcarbonyl, C 7 -C 3 0 arylcarbonyl, C7 -C 3 0 aralkylcarbonyl, C 2 -C 3 0 alkyloxycarbonyl, C3 -C8 cycloalkyloxycarbonyl, C7 -C 3 0 aryloxycarbonyl, Cs-C3o aralkyloxycarbonyl, or -P(=0)(R22)2; R 21 is C1 -C 3 0 alkyl comprising one or more ether bonds, hydroxyl moieties or combinations thereof; each R2 2 is independently C-C1 2 aryloxy
Pi is a base-pairing moiety;
LI and L2 are each a direct bond or a linker up to 18 atoms in length
comprising bonds selected from alkyl, hydroxyl, alkoxy, alkylamino, amide, ester,
carbonyl, carbamate, phosphorodiamidate, phosphoroamidate, phosphorothioate and
phosphodiester;
x is an integer of 0 or greater; and 8 wherein both of R 7 and R are not absent and at least one of R 8 or R9
is the carrier peptide.
19. The conjugate of claim 18, wherein:
(i) R 8 is the carrier peptide;
(ii) R19 is the carrier peptide; or
(iii) at least one of R 8 or R19 is R 2 0 .
20. The conjugate of claim 19, wherein R9 is -C(=O)OR2 1
21. The conjugate of claim 20, wherein R'9 is 0
22. The conjugate of claim 18, wherein LI comprises phosphorodiamidate and
piperazine bonds.
23. The conjugate of claim 22, wherein L has the following structure (XXIX):
N R24 N
N 0 / I
(XXIX)
wherein R2 4 is absent, H or C1 -C6 alkyl.
24. The conjugate of claim 23, wherein R2 4 is absent.
25. The conjugate of claim 1, wherein the phosphorodiamidate morpholino oligonucleotide is 8 to 20, 8 to 16, 10 to 30, 12 to 25, or 8 to 12 bases in length.
26. The conjugate of claim 1, wherein the carrier peptide is of a formula selected from:
H N - R
NI
NH
H)"NH 2
0
H H NNN NN
N-
NH NH
L"' NH 2 HN"" 4
0 0 0
H H H H N 1 NN H H
0 0 0
NH NH NH
HN NH, HN NH2 HN)NH 2 ; and
H N H N N N H R
HN
H2N NH 6
wherein: Y is an integer from 4 to 7; and R is selected from H, acetyl, benzoyl, and stearoyl.
27. The conjugate of claim 26, wherein the carrier peptide is of the formula: 0 0
H
NN
HN NH 2 andYis6.
28. The conjugate of claim 1, wherein the conjugate is selected from: 5' 3'
0 pi Pi HOs 0 NC
N H/ N N(CH3), (H3C)2N O -Xaa- Carrier Pepide- R
Pi O Ox
and
5' 3'
PI
R--Peptide Carer-Xaa-N
N -,/N(CH N N(CH)2 (H 3C) 2 N O N R 0PP R 0 0'-1 N \\ 0 0
Pi x
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of either of the foregoing, wherein: X is an integer from 0 to 38; R is selected from H, acetyl, benzoyl, and stearoyl; R' is selected from H, acetyl, benzoyl, and stearoyl; R 2 is selected from H, acetyl, benzoyl, stearoyl, trityl, and 4-methoxytrityl; and each Pi is a purine or pyrimidine base-pairing moiety which taken together form a targeting base sequence, wherein Xaa is the carboxy-terminal proline.
29. The conjugate of claim 28, wherein each Pi is independently selected from adenine, cytosine, guanine, uracil, thymine, and inosine.
30. The conjugate of claim 1, wherein the carrier peptide is selected from SEQ ID NOS: 60, 69, 70, 89-121, 125, 130-160, 162-257, 276, 277, 281-288, 293-297, 300, 302-412,419-552,and554-566.
31. The conjugate of claim 1, wherein the carrier peptide is selected from SEQ ID NOS: 130, 157-160, 251, 256, 386-388, and 540.
32. The conjugate of claim 1, wherein the carrier peptide is SEQ ID NO: 159.
33. The conjugate of claim 1, wherein the proline amino acid subunit is covalently linked to the phosphorodiamidate morpholino oligonucleotide at the 5' end of the oligonucleotide.
34. The conjugate of claim 1, wherein the proline amino acid subunit is covalently linked to the phosphorodiamidate morpholino oligonucleotide at the 3' end of the oligonucleotide.
35. A compound selected from:
HN NH2
NH
05' NNR NH R
NN
0 N
HNH
H~5 3'3'/
0X HN
H2 -1 NH O O PI PI 0
y01 No
P/N(H (
NN 3 )2 (H3C)2NN
P \
x
H; 3 H
H o 0 N NN 3 N'- / -- 00+ 00
N N
H-o PH NHNNH
N NH HN N
R' -H H~ HN
H H
N'H3 PH
-3 N
N
4Y
H 2 )'
0N N H 0N N
HO f-oON I(
3 N 10N /N(CHs) 2 (HC) N 2
/ 'P N~ \,oHN
0 0
0HN - NH
x
and
HN N
_H 5' 3 H N N
0z P, P,
NN / CH N
or apharmaceutically acceptable salt of any ofthe foregoing, wherein: X is aninteger from 0to 38; Y is aninteger from 4to 9; Z is 6or 9; R is selected from H, acetyl, benzoyl, and stearoyl; R' is selected from H,acetyl, benzoyl, and stearoyl;
R 2 is selected from H, acetyl, benzoyl, stearoyl, trityl, and 4-methoxytrityl; and each Pi is a purine or pyrimidine base-pairing moiety which taken together form a targeting base sequence.
36. The compound of claim 35, wherein each Pi is independently selected from adenine, cytosine, guanine, uracil, thymine, and inosine.
37. The compound of claim 35, wherein the compound is:
HN NH2
5 NH
0 5'
- N N O
-N C N 03C)2N
PN
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
38. The compound of claim 37, wherein R is acetyl.
39. A composition comprising the conjugate of any one of claims 1-34, or the compound of any one of claims 35-38, and a pharmaceutically acceptable vehicle.
40. A method of treating a disease in a subject, the method comprising administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of the conjugate of any one of claims 1-34, or the compound of any one of claims 35-38.
41. The method of claim 40, wherein the disease is a viral infection, a neuromuscular disease, a bacterial infection, inflammation or polycystic kidney disease.
42. The method of claim 41, wherein the viral infection is influenza or wherein the neuromuscular disease is Duchenne muscular dystrophy.
43. Use of the conjugate of any one of claims 1-34, or the compound of any one of claims 35-38, in the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment of a disease in a subject.
44. The use of claim 43, wherein the disease is a viral infection, a neuromuscular disease, a bacterial infection, inflammation or polycystic kidney disease.
45. The use of claim 44, wherein the viral infection is influenza or wherein the neuromuscular disease is Duchenne muscular dystrophy.
Priority Applications (1)
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| AU2023203112A AU2023203112A1 (en) | 2011-05-05 | 2023-05-18 | Peptide oligonucleotide conjugates |
Applications Claiming Priority (10)
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| US13/101,942 | 2011-05-05 | ||
| US13/101,942 US20110269665A1 (en) | 2009-06-26 | 2011-05-05 | Compound and method for treating myotonic dystrophy |
| US13/107,528 US9238042B2 (en) | 2010-05-13 | 2011-05-13 | Antisense modulation of interleukins 17 and 23 signaling |
| US13/107,528 | 2011-05-13 | ||
| PCT/US2011/061282 WO2012150960A1 (en) | 2011-05-05 | 2011-11-17 | Peptide oligonucleotide conjugates |
| AU2011367230A AU2011367230B2 (en) | 2011-05-05 | 2011-11-17 | Peptide oligonucleotide conjugates |
| AU2017206179A AU2017206179A1 (en) | 2011-05-05 | 2017-07-18 | Peptide oligonucleotide conjugates |
| AU2019204913A AU2019204913A1 (en) | 2011-05-05 | 2019-07-09 | Peptide oligonucleotide conjugates |
| AU2021202224A AU2021202224A1 (en) | 2011-05-05 | 2021-04-13 | Peptide oligonucleotide conjugates |
| AU2023203112A AU2023203112A1 (en) | 2011-05-05 | 2023-05-18 | Peptide oligonucleotide conjugates |
Related Parent Applications (1)
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| AU2021202224A Division AU2021202224A1 (en) | 2011-05-05 | 2021-04-13 | Peptide oligonucleotide conjugates |
Publications (1)
| Publication Number | Publication Date |
|---|---|
| AU2023203112A1 true AU2023203112A1 (en) | 2023-06-08 |
Family
ID=45218873
Family Applications (5)
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| AU2011367230A Active AU2011367230B2 (en) | 2011-05-05 | 2011-11-17 | Peptide oligonucleotide conjugates |
| AU2017206179A Abandoned AU2017206179A1 (en) | 2011-05-05 | 2017-07-18 | Peptide oligonucleotide conjugates |
| AU2019204913A Abandoned AU2019204913A1 (en) | 2011-05-05 | 2019-07-09 | Peptide oligonucleotide conjugates |
| AU2021202224A Abandoned AU2021202224A1 (en) | 2011-05-05 | 2021-04-13 | Peptide oligonucleotide conjugates |
| AU2023203112A Pending AU2023203112A1 (en) | 2011-05-05 | 2023-05-18 | Peptide oligonucleotide conjugates |
Family Applications Before (4)
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| AU2011367230A Active AU2011367230B2 (en) | 2011-05-05 | 2011-11-17 | Peptide oligonucleotide conjugates |
| AU2017206179A Abandoned AU2017206179A1 (en) | 2011-05-05 | 2017-07-18 | Peptide oligonucleotide conjugates |
| AU2019204913A Abandoned AU2019204913A1 (en) | 2011-05-05 | 2019-07-09 | Peptide oligonucleotide conjugates |
| AU2021202224A Abandoned AU2021202224A1 (en) | 2011-05-05 | 2021-04-13 | Peptide oligonucleotide conjugates |
Country Status (8)
| Country | Link |
|---|---|
| EP (1) | EP2704749A1 (en) |
| JP (6) | JP6478632B2 (en) |
| KR (3) | KR102339196B1 (en) |
| CN (2) | CN103619356B (en) |
| AU (5) | AU2011367230B2 (en) |
| CA (2) | CA2834128A1 (en) |
| IL (2) | IL273838B (en) |
| WO (1) | WO2012150960A1 (en) |
Families Citing this family (85)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| PL1766010T3 (en) | 2004-06-28 | 2011-07-29 | Univ Western Australia | Antisense oligonucleotides for inducing exon skipping and methods of use thereof |
| AU2006213686A1 (en) | 2005-02-09 | 2006-08-17 | Avi Bio Pharma, Inc. | Antisense composition and method for treating muscle atrophy |
| WO2008018795A1 (en) | 2006-08-11 | 2008-02-14 | Prosensa Technologies B.V. | Methods and means for treating dna repeat instability associated genetic disorders |
| US20100016215A1 (en) | 2007-06-29 | 2010-01-21 | Avi Biopharma, Inc. | Compound and method for treating myotonic dystrophy |
| WO2009054725A2 (en) | 2007-10-26 | 2009-04-30 | Academisch Ziekenhuis Leiden | Means and methods for counteracting muscle disorders |
| EP2119783A1 (en) | 2008-05-14 | 2009-11-18 | Prosensa Technologies B.V. | Method for efficient exon (44) skipping in Duchenne Muscular Dystrophy and associated means |
| LT3133160T (en) | 2008-10-24 | 2019-04-10 | Sarepta Therapeutics, Inc. | Exon skipping compositions for dmd |
| CA2780563A1 (en) | 2009-11-12 | 2011-05-19 | The University Of Western Australia | Antisense molecules and methods for treating pathologies |
| TWI541024B (en) | 2010-09-01 | 2016-07-11 | 日本新藥股份有限公司 | Antisense nucleic acid |
| US20130085139A1 (en) | 2011-10-04 | 2013-04-04 | Royal Holloway And Bedford New College | Oligomers |
| CN111808135A (en) | 2011-11-18 | 2020-10-23 | 萨勒普塔医疗公司 | Functionally modified oligonucleotides and subunits thereof |
| CA2857664A1 (en) | 2011-11-30 | 2013-06-06 | Sarepta Therapeutics, Inc. | Antisense oligonucleotides targeting within the smn2 pre-mrna for use ininduced exon inclusion in spinal muscle atrophy |
| WO2013082548A1 (en) | 2011-11-30 | 2013-06-06 | Sarepta Therapeutics, Inc. | Oligonucleotides for treating expanded repeat diseases |
| PT2788487T (en) | 2011-12-08 | 2018-07-03 | Sarepta Therapeutics Inc | Oligonucleotide analogues targeting human lmna |
| EP2806900B1 (en) | 2012-01-27 | 2021-12-15 | BioMarin Technologies B.V. | Rna modulating oligonucleotides with improved characteristics for the treatment of duchenne and becker muscular dystrophy |
| BR112014026285B1 (en) | 2012-04-23 | 2021-08-31 | Biomarin Technologies B.V | RNA MODULATOR OLIGONUCLEOTIDES WITH IMPROVED CHARACTERISTICS FOR THE TREATMENT OF NEUROMUSCULAR DISORDERS |
| EP2935584A1 (en) | 2012-12-20 | 2015-10-28 | Sarepta Therapeutics, Inc. | Improved exon skipping compositions for treating muscular dystrophy |
| WO2014113540A1 (en) | 2013-01-16 | 2014-07-24 | Iowa State University Research Foundation, Inc. | A deep intronic target for splicing correction on spinal muscular atrophy gene |
| SI2970964T1 (en) | 2013-03-14 | 2019-05-31 | Sarepta Therapeutics, Inc. | Exon skipping compositions for treating muscular dystrophy |
| EA035882B1 (en) * | 2013-03-14 | 2020-08-27 | Сарепта Терапьютикс, Инк. | Antisense oligonucleotides inducing exon skipping for treating muscular dystrophy |
| CN105307723A (en) | 2013-03-15 | 2016-02-03 | 萨勒普塔医疗公司 | Improved compositions for treating muscular dystrophy |
| CN105228999B (en) * | 2013-05-24 | 2021-03-02 | 味之素株式会社 | Process for preparing morpholino oligonucleotides |
| KR102275504B1 (en) * | 2013-09-05 | 2021-07-09 | 사렙타 쎄러퓨틱스, 인코퍼레이티드 | Antisense-induced exon2 inclusion in acid alpha-glucosidase |
| EA030615B1 (en) | 2013-12-24 | 2018-08-31 | Сентисс Фарма Прайвет Лимитед | Topical brimonidine tartrate ophthalmic solution |
| TWI672314B (en) * | 2014-03-12 | 2019-09-21 | Nippon Shinyaku Co., Ltd. | Antisense mucleic acid |
| KR101661277B1 (en) * | 2014-03-17 | 2016-09-30 | 제주광어주식회사 | Single point nucleotide changed Live Attenuated Viral Hemorrhagic Septicemia Virus |
| EP3620178A3 (en) | 2014-05-16 | 2020-07-22 | Oregon State University | Antisense antibacterial compounds and methods |
| CA2948568A1 (en) | 2014-05-19 | 2015-11-26 | David Greenberg | Antisense antibacterial compounds and methods |
| US11293024B2 (en) | 2014-12-31 | 2022-04-05 | Board Of Regents, The University Of Texas System | Antisense antibacterial compounds and methods |
| WO2016138534A2 (en) * | 2015-02-27 | 2016-09-01 | Sarepta Therapeutics, Inc. | Antisense-induced exon2 inclusion in acid alpha-glucosidase |
| MA41795A (en) * | 2015-03-18 | 2018-01-23 | Sarepta Therapeutics Inc | EXCLUSION OF AN EXON INDUCED BY ANTISENSE COMPOUNDS IN MYOSTATIN |
| MX2017014806A (en) * | 2015-05-19 | 2018-05-11 | Sarepta Therapeutics Inc | Peptide oligonucleotide conjugates. |
| WO2016196670A1 (en) | 2015-06-01 | 2016-12-08 | Sarepta Therapeutics, Inc. | Antisense-induced exon exclusion in type vii collagen |
| WO2016196897A1 (en) | 2015-06-04 | 2016-12-08 | Sarepta Therapeutics, Inc. | Methods and compounds for treatment of lymphocyte-related diseases and conditions |
| EP4039690A1 (en) * | 2015-08-05 | 2022-08-10 | Eisai R&D Management Co., Ltd. | A substantially diastereomerically pure phosphoramidochloridate, a method and a pharmaceutical composition |
| CA2996164A1 (en) * | 2015-08-28 | 2017-03-09 | Sarepta Therapeutics, Inc. | Modified antisense oligomers for exon inclusion in spinal muscular atrophy |
| US10858395B2 (en) * | 2015-09-10 | 2020-12-08 | Iucf-Hyu (Industry-University Cooperation Foundation Hanyang University) | Skin-penetrating peptide and method for using same |
| WO2017062835A2 (en) | 2015-10-09 | 2017-04-13 | Sarepta Therapeutics, Inc. | Compositions and methods for treating duchenne muscular dystrophy and related disorders |
| GB2545898B (en) * | 2015-12-21 | 2019-10-09 | Sutura Therapeutics Ltd | Improved drug delivery by conjugating oligonucleotides to stitched/stapled peptides |
| US11142764B2 (en) | 2015-12-23 | 2021-10-12 | Board Of Regents, The University Of Texas System | Antisense antibacterial compounds and methods |
| AU2016379399B2 (en) | 2015-12-23 | 2022-12-08 | Board Of Regents, The University Of Texas System | Antisense antibacterial compounds and methods |
| CN109414511B (en) | 2016-04-18 | 2023-05-23 | 萨勒普塔医疗公司 | Antisense oligomers for treating diseases associated with acid alpha-glucosidase genes and methods of use thereof |
| SG11201809468XA (en) * | 2016-04-29 | 2018-11-29 | Sarepta Therapeutics Inc | Oligonucleotide analogues targeting human lmna |
| CA3024153A1 (en) * | 2016-06-30 | 2017-11-30 | Sarepta Therapeutics, Inc. | Processes for preparing phosphorodiamidate morpholino oligomers |
| TW201811807A (en) * | 2016-06-30 | 2018-04-01 | 美商薩羅塔治療公司 | Exon skipping oligomers for muscular dystrophy |
| US11382981B2 (en) * | 2016-12-19 | 2022-07-12 | Sarepta Therapeutics, Inc. | Exon skipping oligomer conjugates for muscular dystrophy |
| AU2017382773A1 (en) * | 2016-12-19 | 2019-08-01 | Sarepta Therapeutics, Inc. | Exon skipping oligomer conjugates for muscular dystrophy |
| RS63610B1 (en) * | 2016-12-19 | 2022-10-31 | Sarepta Therapeutics Inc | Exon skipping oligomer conjugates for muscular dystrophy |
| TW201919682A (en) | 2017-08-08 | 2019-06-01 | 西班牙商阿爾米雷爾有限公司 | Novel compounds activating the Nrf2 pathway |
| EA201991450A1 (en) * | 2017-09-22 | 2019-12-30 | Сарепта Терапьютикс, Инк. | OLIGOMER CONJUGATES FOR EXONISM SKIP IN MUSCULAR DYSTROPHY |
| JP7441455B2 (en) | 2017-09-22 | 2024-03-01 | ザ リージェンツ オブ ザ ユニバーシティ オブ コロラド，ア ボディー コーポレイト | Thiomorpholino oligonucleotides for the treatment of muscular dystrophy |
| EP3687519A1 (en) | 2017-09-28 | 2020-08-05 | Sarepta Therapeutics, Inc. | Combination therapies for treating muscular dystrophy |
| US20200248178A1 (en) | 2017-09-28 | 2020-08-06 | Sarepta Therapeutics, Inc. | Combination therapies for treating muscular dystrophy |
| JP2020536058A (en) | 2017-09-28 | 2020-12-10 | サレプタ セラピューティクス， インコーポレイテッド | Combination therapy to treat muscular dystrophy |
| JP7320500B2 (en) * | 2017-10-17 | 2023-08-03 | サレプタ セラピューティクス， インコーポレイテッド | Cell-penetrating peptides for antisense delivery |
| JP7394753B2 (en) | 2017-10-18 | 2023-12-08 | サレプタ セラピューティクス， インコーポレイテッド | antisense oligomer compounds |
| JP2021521794A (en) * | 2018-04-26 | 2021-08-30 | サレプタ セラピューティクス， インコーポレイテッド | Exon skipping oligomers and oligomeric conjugates for muscular dystrophy |
| US20220251551A1 (en) * | 2018-06-13 | 2022-08-11 | Sarepta Therapeutics, Inc. | Exon skipping oligomers for muscular dystrophy |
| EP3806868A4 (en) | 2018-06-13 | 2022-06-22 | Sarepta Therapeutics, Inc. | Exon skipping oligomers for muscular dystrophy |
| TW202020153A (en) | 2018-07-27 | 2020-06-01 | 美商薩羅塔治療公司 | Exon skipping oligomers for muscular dystrophy |
| EP3829597A4 (en) * | 2018-07-30 | 2022-05-18 | Sarepta Therapeutics, Inc. | Trimeric peptides for antisense delivery |
| GB201812980D0 (en) * | 2018-08-09 | 2018-09-26 | Univ Oxford Innovation Ltd | Cell-penetrating peptides |
| CN113453723A (en) * | 2018-12-07 | 2021-09-28 | 牛津大学科技创新有限公司 | Joint |
| MX2021006737A (en) | 2018-12-13 | 2021-09-23 | Sarepta Therapeutics Inc | Exon skipping oligomer conjugates for muscular dystrophy. |
| GB201821269D0 (en) | 2018-12-28 | 2019-02-13 | Nippon Shinyaku Co Ltd | Myostatin signal inhibitor |
| JP2022528725A (en) | 2019-04-18 | 2022-06-15 | サレプタ セラピューティクス， インコーポレイテッド | Composition for treating muscular dystrophy |
| CN110724180B (en) * | 2019-10-17 | 2021-08-20 | 山东大学 | Polypeptide for inhibiting angiogenesis and application thereof |
| EP4083208A4 (en) | 2019-12-26 | 2024-01-03 | Nippon Shinyaku Co Ltd | Antisense nucleic acid that induces skipping of exon 50 |
| US20230203098A1 (en) | 2020-02-22 | 2023-06-29 | Jcr Pharmaceuticals Co., Ltd. | Human transferrin receptor binding peptide |
| JPWO2021172498A1 (en) | 2020-02-28 | 2021-09-02 | ||
| US20220064638A1 (en) | 2020-02-28 | 2022-03-03 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compounds and methods for modulating smn2 |
| WO2022061216A1 (en) * | 2020-09-21 | 2022-03-24 | Icahn School Of Medicine At Mount Sinai | Archaea l30 proteins as universal influenza virus therapeutics |
| EP4267191A1 (en) | 2020-12-23 | 2023-11-01 | Sarepta Therapeutics, Inc. | Compositions comprising exon skipping oligonucleotide conjugates for treating muscular dystrophy |
| WO2022171972A1 (en) * | 2021-02-12 | 2022-08-18 | Oxford University Innovation Limited | Cell-penetrating peptide conjugates and methods of their use |
| KR20240004609A (en) | 2021-04-30 | 2024-01-11 | 사렙타 쎄러퓨틱스 인코퍼레이티드 | Treatment Methods for Muscular Dystrophy |
| BR112023027298A2 (en) | 2021-06-23 | 2024-03-12 | Nat Center Neurology & Psychiatry | COMBINATION OF ANTISENSE OLIGOMERS |
| WO2023282344A1 (en) | 2021-07-08 | 2023-01-12 | 日本新薬株式会社 | Nephrotoxicity reducing agent |
| IL310001A (en) | 2021-07-08 | 2024-03-01 | Nippon Shinyaku Co Ltd | Precipitation suppressing agent |
| AU2022306820A1 (en) | 2021-07-08 | 2024-01-04 | Nippon Shinyaku Co., Ltd. | Nephrotoxicity reducing agent |
| WO2023026994A1 (en) | 2021-08-21 | 2023-03-02 | 武田薬品工業株式会社 | Human transferrin receptor binding peptide-drug conjugate |
| IL311025A (en) | 2021-08-24 | 2024-04-01 | Peptidream Inc | Human transferrin receptor-binding antibody-peptide conjugate |
| WO2023055774A1 (en) | 2021-09-30 | 2023-04-06 | Sarepta Therapeutics, Inc. | Antisense oligonucleotides having one or more abasic units |
| WO2023070086A1 (en) | 2021-10-22 | 2023-04-27 | Sarepta Therapeutics, Inc. | Morpholino oligomers for treatment of peripheral myelin protein 22 related diseases |
| WO2023178230A1 (en) | 2022-03-17 | 2023-09-21 | Sarepta Therapeutics, Inc. | Phosphorodiamidate morpholino oligomer conjugates |
| WO2024064237A2 (en) | 2022-09-21 | 2024-03-28 | Sarepta Therapeutics, Inc. | Dmd antisense oligonucleotide-mediated exon skipping efficiency |
Family Cites Families (47)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| US5166315A (en) | 1989-12-20 | 1992-11-24 | Anti-Gene Development Group | Sequence-specific binding polymers for duplex nucleic acids |
| US5521063A (en) | 1985-03-15 | 1996-05-28 | Antivirals Inc. | Polynucleotide reagent containing chiral subunits and methods of use |
| JP3022967B2 (en) | 1985-03-15 | 2000-03-21 | アンチバイラルズ インコーポレイテッド | Stereoregular polynucleotide binding polymer |
| US5034506A (en) | 1985-03-15 | 1991-07-23 | Anti-Gene Development Group | Uncharged morpholino-based polymers having achiral intersubunit linkages |
| US5185444A (en) | 1985-03-15 | 1993-02-09 | Anti-Gene Deveopment Group | Uncharged morpolino-based polymers having phosphorous containing chiral intersubunit linkages |
| US5506337A (en) | 1985-03-15 | 1996-04-09 | Antivirals Inc. | Morpholino-subunit combinatorial library and method |
| US5217866A (en) | 1985-03-15 | 1993-06-08 | Anti-Gene Development Group | Polynucleotide assay reagent and method |
| AU659482B2 (en) | 1991-06-28 | 1995-05-18 | Massachusetts Institute Of Technology | Localized oligonucleotide therapy |
| EP0656950B1 (en) | 1992-08-21 | 1998-11-04 | Biogen, Inc. | Tat-derived transport polypeptides |
| JPH0915828A (en) | 1995-07-03 | 1997-01-17 | Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd | Paper cutter for photographic processing system |
| US6245747B1 (en) | 1996-03-12 | 2001-06-12 | The Board Of Regents Of The University Of Nebraska | Targeted site specific antisense oligodeoxynucleotide delivery method |
| GB2341390B (en) | 1997-05-21 | 2000-11-08 | Univ Leland Stanford Junior | Composition and method for enhancing transport across biological membranes |
| AU741546B2 (en) * | 1997-07-24 | 2001-12-06 | Perseptive Biosystems, Inc. | Conjugates of transporter peptides and nucleic acid analogs, and their use |
| DE19933492B4 (en) * | 1999-07-16 | 2008-01-10 | Deutsches Krebsforschungszentrum Stiftung des öffentlichen Rechts | Conjugate for the mediation of a cell-, compartment- or membrane-specific transport of active substances, process for its preparation and its use |
| US20020009491A1 (en) | 2000-02-14 | 2002-01-24 | Rothbard Jonathan B. | Compositions and methods for enhancing drug delivery across biological membranes and tissues |
| JP2005508832A (en) | 2001-02-16 | 2005-04-07 | セルゲイト， インコーポレイテッド | Transporter with arginine part at intervals |
| US20030224353A1 (en) | 2001-10-16 | 2003-12-04 | Stein David A. | Antisense antiviral agent and method for treating ssRNA viral infection |
| ES2500921T3 (en) | 2003-04-29 | 2014-10-01 | Sarepta Therapeutics, Inc. | Compositions to enhance the transport and antisense efficacy of nucleic acid analogs in cells |
| CA2533218C (en) | 2003-08-05 | 2014-11-18 | Avi Biopharma, Inc. | Oligonucleotide analog and method for treating flavivirus infections |
| US20050171044A1 (en) | 2003-12-24 | 2005-08-04 | Stein David A. | Oligonucleotide compound and method for treating nidovirus infections |
| JP2007536253A (en) * | 2004-05-04 | 2007-12-13 | ナステック・ファーマシューティカル・カンパニー・インコーポレーテッド | Compositions and methods for enhancing delivery of nucleic acids into cells and modifying expression of target genes in cells |
| US20050288246A1 (en) * | 2004-05-24 | 2005-12-29 | Iversen Patrick L | Peptide conjugated, inosine-substituted antisense oligomer compound and method |
| PL1766010T3 (en) | 2004-06-28 | 2011-07-29 | Univ Western Australia | Antisense oligonucleotides for inducing exon skipping and methods of use thereof |
| US8129352B2 (en) | 2004-09-16 | 2012-03-06 | Avi Biopharma, Inc. | Antisense antiviral compound and method for treating ssRNA viral infection |
| US8357664B2 (en) | 2004-10-26 | 2013-01-22 | Avi Biopharma, Inc. | Antisense antiviral compound and method for treating influenza viral infection |
| US7524829B2 (en) | 2004-11-01 | 2009-04-28 | Avi Biopharma, Inc. | Antisense antiviral compounds and methods for treating a filovirus infection |
| US7838657B2 (en) | 2004-12-03 | 2010-11-23 | University Of Massachusetts | Spinal muscular atrophy (SMA) treatment via targeting of SMN2 splice site inhibitory sequences |
| AU2006213686A1 (en) | 2005-02-09 | 2006-08-17 | Avi Bio Pharma, Inc. | Antisense composition and method for treating muscle atrophy |
| LT3308788T (en) | 2005-06-23 | 2018-12-10 | Biogen Ma Inc. | Compositions and methods for modulation of smn2 splicing |
| WO2007030691A2 (en) | 2005-09-08 | 2007-03-15 | Avi Biopharma, Inc. | Antisense antiviral compound and method for treating picornavirus infection |
| EP1937278B1 (en) | 2005-09-08 | 2012-07-25 | AVI BioPharma, Inc. | Antisense antiviral compound and method for treating picornavirus infection |
| CA2644262C (en) | 2006-03-07 | 2016-01-05 | Avi Biopharma, Inc. | Antisense antiviral compound and method for treating arenavirus infection |
| DK2735568T3 (en) | 2006-05-10 | 2017-11-13 | Sarepta Therapeutics Inc | OLIGONUCLEOTIDE ANALYSIS WITH CATIONIC BINDINGS BETWEEN SUB-UNITS |
| WO2008018795A1 (en) | 2006-08-11 | 2008-02-14 | Prosensa Technologies B.V. | Methods and means for treating dna repeat instability associated genetic disorders |
| JP5926475B2 (en) | 2006-09-21 | 2016-05-25 | ユニバーシティー オブ ロチェスター | Compositions and methods for protein replacement therapy for myotonic dystrophy |
| EP2070919B1 (en) | 2006-11-24 | 2012-10-10 | Hykes Laboratories LLC | Spiroquinone compound and pharmaceutical composition |
| WO2009005783A1 (en) * | 2007-06-28 | 2009-01-08 | Blanchette Rockefeller Neurosciences Institute | Peptides, compositions and methods for reducing beta-amyloid-mediated apoptosis |
| JP5864100B2 (en) * | 2007-06-29 | 2016-02-17 | サレプタ セラピューティクス インコーポレイテッド | Tissue-specific peptide conjugates and methods |
| US20100016215A1 (en) * | 2007-06-29 | 2010-01-21 | Avi Biopharma, Inc. | Compound and method for treating myotonic dystrophy |
| WO2009064471A1 (en) | 2007-11-15 | 2009-05-22 | Avi Biopharma, Inc. | Method of synthesis of morpholino oligomers |
| CA2709635A1 (en) * | 2007-12-20 | 2009-07-02 | Angiochem Inc. | Polypeptide-nucleic acid conjugates and uses thereof |
| US20110130346A1 (en) * | 2008-05-30 | 2011-06-02 | Isis Innovation Limited | Peptide conjugates for delvery of biologically active compounds |
| LT3133160T (en) | 2008-10-24 | 2019-04-10 | Sarepta Therapeutics, Inc. | Exon skipping compositions for dmd |
| WO2010072228A1 (en) * | 2008-12-22 | 2010-07-01 | Xigen S.A. | Novel transporter constructs and transporter cargo conjugate molecules |
| WO2010120820A1 (en) | 2009-04-13 | 2010-10-21 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compositions and methods for modulation of smn2 splicing |
| CN102665731A (en) | 2009-06-17 | 2012-09-12 | Isis制药公司 | Compositions and methods for modulation of SMN2 splicing in a subject |
| CA3090304A1 (en) * | 2010-05-13 | 2011-11-17 | Sarepta Therapeutics, Inc. | Antisense modulation of interleukins 17 and 23 signaling |
-
2011
- 2011-11-17 JP JP2014509281A patent/JP6478632B2/en active Active
- 2011-11-17 IL IL273838A patent/IL273838B/en unknown
- 2011-11-17 AU AU2011367230A patent/AU2011367230B2/en active Active
- 2011-11-17 KR KR1020217007616A patent/KR102339196B1/en active IP Right Grant
- 2011-11-17 KR KR1020197019623A patent/KR102229650B1/en active IP Right Grant
- 2011-11-17 KR KR1020137032241A patent/KR102183273B1/en active IP Right Grant
- 2011-11-17 CN CN201180071918.XA patent/CN103619356B/en active Active
- 2011-11-17 WO PCT/US2011/061282 patent/WO2012150960A1/en active Application Filing
- 2011-11-17 EP EP11793913.2A patent/EP2704749A1/en active Pending
- 2011-11-17 CA CA2834128A patent/CA2834128A1/en active Pending
- 2011-11-17 CN CN201710707423.0A patent/CN107693797B/en active Active
- 2011-11-17 CA CA3092114A patent/CA3092114A1/en active Pending
-
2013
- 2013-11-04 IL IL229227A patent/IL229227B/en active IP Right Grant
-
2016
- 2016-08-01 JP JP2016151179A patent/JP2016185991A/en active Pending
-
2017
- 2017-07-18 AU AU2017206179A patent/AU2017206179A1/en not_active Abandoned
-
2018
- 2018-06-06 JP JP2018108772A patent/JP2018135396A/en not_active Withdrawn
-
2019
- 2019-07-09 AU AU2019204913A patent/AU2019204913A1/en not_active Abandoned
-
2020
- 2020-04-09 JP JP2020070566A patent/JP6884250B2/en active Active
-
2021
- 2021-04-13 AU AU2021202224A patent/AU2021202224A1/en not_active Abandoned
- 2021-05-11 JP JP2021080358A patent/JP2021113232A/en active Pending
-
2023
- 2023-05-18 AU AU2023203112A patent/AU2023203112A1/en active Pending
-
2024
- 2024-02-02 JP JP2024014898A patent/JP2024032974A/en active Pending
Also Published As
| Publication number | Publication date |
|---|---|
| AU2019204913A1 (en) | 2019-07-25 |
| CA2834128A1 (en) | 2012-11-08 |
| CN107693797A (en) | 2018-02-16 |
| JP2018135396A (en) | 2018-08-30 |
| JP2024032974A (en) | 2024-03-12 |
| WO2012150960A1 (en) | 2012-11-08 |
| AU2011367230A1 (en) | 2013-12-05 |
| IL229227B (en) | 2020-07-30 |
| CN103619356B (en) | 2017-09-12 |
| KR20140028058A (en) | 2014-03-07 |
| JP2016185991A (en) | 2016-10-27 |
| KR102183273B1 (en) | 2020-11-27 |
| CN107693797B (en) | 2021-05-11 |
| CN103619356A (en) | 2014-03-05 |
| KR20190084351A (en) | 2019-07-16 |
| KR102339196B1 (en) | 2021-12-15 |
| KR20210032545A (en) | 2021-03-24 |
| IL273838B (en) | 2022-09-01 |
| IL229227A0 (en) | 2014-01-30 |
| IL273838A (en) | 2020-05-31 |
| KR102229650B1 (en) | 2021-03-19 |
| JP2014515762A (en) | 2014-07-03 |
| AU2011367230B2 (en) | 2017-08-10 |
| AU2021202224A1 (en) | 2021-05-06 |
| JP6884250B2 (en) | 2021-06-09 |
| EP2704749A1 (en) | 2014-03-12 |
| JP2020111607A (en) | 2020-07-27 |
| JP2021113232A (en) | 2021-08-05 |
| AU2017206179A1 (en) | 2017-08-03 |
| JP6478632B2 (en) | 2019-03-06 |
| CA3092114A1 (en) | 2012-11-08 |
Similar Documents
| Publication | Publication Date | Title |
|---|---|---|
| AU2023203112A1 (en) | Peptide oligonucleotide conjugates | |
| US11732259B2 (en) | Peptide oligonucleotide conjugates | |
| AU2016234953B2 (en) | Oligonucleotide analogues having modified intersubunit linkages and/or terminal groups | |
| AU2013202731B2 (en) | Oligonucleotide analogues having modified intersubunit linkages and/or terminal groups | |
| NZ761522B2 (en) | Oligonucleotide analogues having modified intersubunit linkages and/or terminal groups |